<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/skins/common/feed.css?303"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Nancyvarkey</id>
		<title>Script | Spoken-Tutorial - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Nancyvarkey"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Special:Contributions/Nancyvarkey"/>
		<updated>2026-05-21T19:10:32Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.23.17</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-31T12:14:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Review and Grade Assignments and Quizzes in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment grading, Moodle quiz review, student response analysis, override marks, finalizing grades, Moodle assessment management, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Review and Grade Assignments &amp;amp; Quizzes'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Review and Grade Assignments and Quizzes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* View student submissions for assignments and quizzes&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade assignments manually&lt;br /&gt;
* Review quiz attempts and grades&lt;br /&gt;
* Release grades and feedback to students &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' using '''Moodle''' to evaluate student performance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a '''teacher login'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Teacher access''' to a '''Moodle course'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Have assignment and quiz submissions from students &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the logged in username&lt;br /&gt;
||Login as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|From the dashboard, navigate to '''My Courses''' and select the '''Advanced Algebra course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course Page → Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll down and locate the '''Assignment 1''' activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Submissions Refer to the above image &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the '''Submissions''' menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Submissions table&lt;br /&gt;
|You will see a table of '''student submissions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Participant 1, Participant 2&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Anonymous submissions''' was enabled for this '''assignment'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, the student names appear as '''Participant 1, 2''' and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the three dots below → &amp;quot;Grade&amp;quot; column → textbox → type &lt;br /&gt;
|For '''Participant 2''', let’s locate the column named '''Grade'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the three dots below it and click on '''Grade'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the right arrow to go to pages 2 and 3 → Scroll each page to show the text of the submission &lt;br /&gt;
|Page 1 of '''Participant 2’s submission''' is now displayed on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the right arrow to view page 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Type 55 in the Grade textbox&lt;br /&gt;
|Now look at the right side of the screen and scroll down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this submission is incomplete, we will grade it 55 out of 100. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Feedback comment box type “Incomplete submission” &lt;br /&gt;
|Then in the '''Feedback comment box''' we will type a short message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Save changes &lt;br /&gt;
|Once done, click '''Save changes''' at the bottom of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Graded status&lt;br /&gt;
|The '''assignment''' submission now has '''Graded status'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Change user dropdown and point to Amina &lt;br /&gt;
|Locate '''Change user''' dropdown.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Using this dropdown, we can choose the next student’s assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Repeat the same steps for Participant 1’s submission &lt;br /&gt;
|Repeat the grading process for all other student submissions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Advanced Algebra at the top left&lt;br /&gt;
|Let’s return to the main '''course''' page of '''Advanced Algebra.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: My Courses → Calculus Locate Quiz for Basic Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|Now, let us learn how to review a '''quiz submission'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''My courses''' and then on '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to the '''quiz''' activity '''Quiz for Basic Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Quiz Summary Page → point to Attempts:2&lt;br /&gt;
|We land on the '''quiz summary''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we can see '''Attempts''' as 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Attempts''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Quiz attempts table&lt;br /&gt;
|You will see a table of '''quiz attempts''' by the '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the Grade column''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This is an '''auto-graded quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So grades are shown automatically for each student’s attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Mahima → Review attempt&lt;br /&gt;
|Below the student’s name, we can see '''Review attempt''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click this to view the student’s detailed attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;Make comment or override mark&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|You can override the grades for any question or add feedback comments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Make comment or override mark'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on “Make comment or override mark” and type “Please refer to the Reading chapter for better understanding.”&lt;br /&gt;
|You can provide written '''feedback''' in the '''comment box'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the Marks box&lt;br /&gt;
|You can also override the marks for the attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Click on Save&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Save''' to apply the '''feedback comment''' and change in '''Marks''', if any. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|So, that’s how you do the grading for students’ assignments and quiz attempts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary'''  &lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt how a teacher can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Review and grade assignment submissions&lt;br /&gt;
* Review and grade quiz attempts&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide feedback to students &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as a teacher&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade another '''assignment''' and '''quiz attempt'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Add written feedback as well &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-31T11:38:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Nancyvarkey moved page Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-a-Moodle-Course/English to Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English without leaving a redirect: Title change&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Create Assignments for Students&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment setup, course organization, activity configuration, access restrictions, grading options, Moodle assignments, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Create Assignments for Students''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create an '''assignment''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Set submission types, due dates and restrictions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create '''assignments''' for students in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Course Page &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now learn how to create an '''assignment''' for students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Advanced Algebra'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on ‘Turn editing on’ &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Add an activity or resource” under &amp;quot;Polynomial and Rational Functions&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Polynomial and Rational Functions''' section, click '''Add an activity or resource'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Activity chooser appears → Select Assignment → Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| From the '''Activity''' chooser, click on '''Assignment''', and then click the '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New Assignment page &lt;br /&gt;
| We are in the '''New Assignment''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: &amp;quot;Assignment 1 – Evolutes and Involutes&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Type a name for the assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description: &lt;br /&gt;
# Determine the evolute of the circle: x 2 \+y 2 \=R2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Determine the evolute of the cycloid: x=t−sint, y=1−cost. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prove that the curve given by the equations: x \= R(cost+tsint), y \= R(sint−tcost) is the involute of the circle of radius R centered at the origin. &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Description''' box, type the assignment text for the students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Activity instructions: &lt;br /&gt;
Attempt any 2. Each assignment is for 10 marks. &lt;br /&gt;
Your score will be included under Internal Assessments for this semester. &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Activity instructions''', type instructions and helpful guidelines. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Availability Allow submissions from: 15 July 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
Due date: 30 July 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
Cut-off date: leave blank &lt;br /&gt;
Remind me to grade by: 15 Aug 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Availability''', set the '''Allow submissions from''' and '''Due date'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also set dates for '''Cut-off date''' and '''Remind me to grade by'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Check &amp;quot;Always show description&amp;quot; checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Check the checkbox for '''Always show description.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Submission types → check both boxes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Submission types'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Choose between '''Online text''', '''File submissions''', or both. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let everything else remain as is. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Feedback types &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Feedback types''', enable options for '''Feedback comments''' and '''Annotate PDF'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Require students to click the submit → Yes &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose '''Yes''' for '''Require students to click the submit button.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Notify graders about submissions → Yes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Notifications''' and choose '''Yes''' for '''Notify graders about submissions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Grade Type to show the options.  &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Grade Type''' can be in '''Points''' or '''Scale'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Choose as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Retain Points Grade to pass → 40 &lt;br /&gt;
|Type the passing criteria in '''Grade to pass.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Anonymous submissions → select Yes &lt;br /&gt;
|In '''Anonymous submissions''', select '''Yes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This helps teachers to be unbiased and grade the students anonymously. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common Module Settings&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Common Module Settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Availability → Show on course page &lt;br /&gt;
|Ensure that '''Availability''' is '''Show on course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Restrict access&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Restrict access'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Add restriction → Activity completion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Choose dropdown → select Previous activity with completion &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add restriction''' and '''Activity completion.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Choose''' dropdown. It displays many options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We’ll select '''Previous activity with completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Completion conditions → select &amp;quot;Students must manually mark the activity as done&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Completion conditions''', select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Save and return to course” &lt;br /&gt;
| After entering all settings, scroll down and click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page showing the assignment link &lt;br /&gt;
| The assignment is now created and visible on the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Move it below “Yet Another Calculus Text”. &lt;br /&gt;
| Move it below '''Yet Another Calculus Text'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So that’s how you create an '''assignment''' for students in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we have learnt how to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an assignment in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* Set submission types, and deadlines&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create an assignment with &amp;quot;Name: Assignment 2 - Evolutes and Involutes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &amp;quot;Description&amp;quot;, copy-paste the text given in Assignment.txt file in the Code Files link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the other steps given therein also.&lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Slide: Acknowledgement&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Moodle-site-setup/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Moodle-site-setup/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Moodle-site-setup/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-17T12:10:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle site setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Moodle, Moodle LMS, LMS, Learning Management System, Educational LMS, Open-source LMS, Moodle site setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cue&lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Title Slide &lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Moodle site setup'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Pre-requisite slide: &lt;br /&gt;
You will need: &lt;br /&gt;
* A machine with Ubuntu 22.04 OS &lt;br /&gt;
* Minimum 50 GB of free space on your machine &lt;br /&gt;
* Internet connection &lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial, you will need a '''machine''' with '''Ubuntu 22.04 OS'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need minimum '''50 GB''' of '''free space''' on your '''machine'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will also need '''internet connection'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Pre-requisite slide: &lt;br /&gt;
You should have &lt;br /&gt;
* Done Server setup &lt;br /&gt;
* Installed and configured Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
|| You should also have done '''Server setup''' and '''installed''' and '''configured Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the prerequisite '''Moodle''' tutorials, please visit this '''website'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Only narration &lt;br /&gt;
|| We have completed '''Moodle installation''' and '''configuration''' earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move onto '''Moodle 4.5 site setup'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Open a web browser &amp;gt;&amp;gt; type localhost &lt;br /&gt;
|| Open a '''web browser''' and type '''localhost.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on Continue  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Continue''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight the title - Installation-Moodle 4.5.3 &lt;br /&gt;
|| We will land on the '''Installation-Moodle 4.5.3''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down to Other checks &lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down and look at the section named '''Other checks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Locate the error message:  php setting max_input_vars must be at least 5000 &lt;br /&gt;
|| Look for an '''error message''' that says: '''php setting max_input_vars must be at least 5000''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Switch to the terminal and type:  Type: sudo gedit /etc/php/8.3/fpm/php.ini &lt;br /&gt;
|| If you find it, switch to the '''terminal''' and type:  '''sudo gedit /etc/php/8.3/fpm/php.ini''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Change max_input_var = '''5000''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete ''';''' from the start of the line &lt;br /&gt;
|| Change the value of '''max_input_var''' to '''5000'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then delete the '''semicolon''' from the start of the line. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Save and close the file &lt;br /&gt;
|| Save and close the '''file'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: sudo systemctl restart php8.3-fpm.service &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now '''run: sudo systemctl restart php8.3-fpm.service''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type : sudo systemctl restart nginx.service  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next '''run: sudo systemctl restart nginx.service''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Open a web browser &amp;gt;&amp;gt; type localhost &lt;br /&gt;
|| Open the '''web browser''' and type '''localhost.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to Other checks &lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down to the section named '''Other checks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  &lt;br /&gt;
|| The error you saw earlier shouldn’t be seen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on Continue button &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Continue''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to the title: Installation &lt;br /&gt;
|| We land on the '''Installation''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down \&amp;gt;\&amp;gt; click on Continue button  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down to the bottom and click on the '''Continue''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to General &lt;br /&gt;
|| On the '''Installation''' page, we are now in the '''General''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Here we see values displayed in some fields.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| On-screen-text: Admin@123 Type '''New Password = Admin@123''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In the '''New Password''' field, type a '''password''' by following the displayed rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''Email address = admin-edupyramids@gmail.com''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In the '''Email address''' field, type the '''admin user’s email id'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Choose Email visibility = Hidden &lt;br /&gt;
|| In the '''Email visibility''' field, you can choose to keep this '''email''' hidden. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on Update profile button &lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down to the bottom and click on the '''Update profile''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to New settings - Site home settings &lt;br /&gt;
|| On the '''Installation''' page, we are now in the '''New settings - Site home settings''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''Full site name''' = '''Edupyramids Learning Centre''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In '''Full site name''', type “'''Edupyramids Learning Centre”.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also type any other '''site''' name of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''Short name for site''' = '''Edupyramids”''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In '''Short name for site''', type '''“Edupyramids”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here also you can type any other name of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''Site home summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''“Elearning platform for learning IT courses.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suitable for K12, UG, PG and working professionals.”'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type a short description in '''Site home summary''' textbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Choose '''New settings - Location settings''' dropdown '''= Asia/Kolkata''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In '''New settings - Location settings dropdown''', choose '''Asia/Kolkata'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click '''Save changes''' button &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Save changes''' button at the bottom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''New settings - Support contact = admin-edupyramids@gmail.com''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In '''New settings - Support contact''', type the '''admin user’s email id'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose to type any other '''support staff’s email id''' also. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click '''Save changes''' button &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Save changes''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Moodle Admin Dashboard''' page &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click '''Got it''' button &lt;br /&gt;
|| You will now land on the '''Moodle Admin Dashboard''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Got it''' button to end the '''site''' tour. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Congratulations! Your '''Moodle site''' is now fully '''setup''' and ready for your use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you slide &lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for following along. You’re now ready to start using '''Moodle 4.5'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert : Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|| This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited, SINE, IIT Bombay.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-17T11:21:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Review and Grade Assignments &amp;amp; Quizzes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment grading, Moodle quiz review, student response analysis, override marks, finalizing grades, Moodle assessment management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Review and Grade Assignments &amp;amp; Quizzes''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Reviewing and Grading Assignments and Quizzes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* View student submissions for assignments and quizzes&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade assignments manually&lt;br /&gt;
* Review quiz attempts and grades&lt;br /&gt;
* Release grades and feedback to students &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' using '''Moodle''' to evaluate student performance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a '''teacher login'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Teacher access''' to a '''Moodle course'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Have assignment and quiz submissions from students &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the logged in username&lt;br /&gt;
||Login as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|From the dashboard, navigate to '''My Courses''' and select the '''Advanced Algebra course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course Page → Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll down and locate the '''Assignment 1''' activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Submissions Refer to the above image &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the '''Submissions''' menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Submissions table&lt;br /&gt;
|You will see a table of '''student submissions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Participant 1, Participant 2&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Anonymous submissions''' was enabled for this '''assignment'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, the student names appear as '''Participant 1, 2''' and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the three dots below → &amp;quot;Grade&amp;quot; column → textbox → type &lt;br /&gt;
|For '''Participant 2''', let’s locate the column named '''Grade'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the three dots below it and click on '''Grade'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the right arrow to go to pages 2 and 3 → Scroll each page to show the text of the submission &lt;br /&gt;
|Page 1 of '''Participant 2’s submission''' is now displayed on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the right arrow to view page 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Type 55 in the Grade textbox&lt;br /&gt;
|Now look at the right side of the screen and scroll down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this submission is incomplete, we will grade it 55 out of 100. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Feedback comment box type “Incomplete submission” &lt;br /&gt;
|Then in the '''Feedback comment box''' we will type a short message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Save changes &lt;br /&gt;
|Once done, click '''Save changes''' at the bottom of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Graded status&lt;br /&gt;
|The '''assignment''' submission now has '''Graded status'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Change user dropdown and point to Amina &lt;br /&gt;
|Locate '''Change user dropdown.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Using this dropdown, we can choose the next student’s assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Repeat the same steps for Participant 1’s submission &lt;br /&gt;
|Repeat the grading process for all other student submissions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Advanced Algebra at the top left&lt;br /&gt;
|Let’s return to the main '''course''' page of '''Advanced Algebra.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: My Courses → Calculus Locate Quiz for Basic Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|Now, let us learn how to review a '''quiz submission'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''My courses''' and then on '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to the '''quiz''' activity '''Quiz for Basic Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Quiz Summary Page → point to Attempts:2&lt;br /&gt;
|We land on the '''quiz summary''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we can see '''Attempts''' as 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Attempts''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Quiz attempts table&lt;br /&gt;
|You will see a table of '''quiz attempts''' by the '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the Grade column''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This is an '''auto-graded quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So grades are shown automatically for each student’s attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Mahima → Review attempt&lt;br /&gt;
|Below the student’s name, we can see '''Review attempt''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click this to view the student’s detailed attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;Make comment or override mark&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|You can override the grades for any question or add feedback comments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Make comment or override mark'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on “Make comment or override mark” and type “Please refer to the Reading chapter for better understanding.”&lt;br /&gt;
|You can provide written '''feedback''' in the '''comment box'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the Marks box&lt;br /&gt;
|You can also override the marks for the attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Click on Save&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Save''' to apply the '''feedback''' and change in '''Marks''', if any. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|So, that’s how you do the grading for students’ assignments and quiz attempts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary'''  &lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt how a teacher can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Review and grade assignment submissions&lt;br /&gt;
* Review and grade quiz attempts&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide feedback to students &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as a teacher&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade another '''assignment''' and '''quiz attempt'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Add written feedback as well &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-17T11:16:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, quiz management, Moodle quiz, attempt and review quiz, navigate quiz questions, manage quiz time, feedback and grade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn how a student can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt a quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* View questions and submit answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate between quiz questions&lt;br /&gt;
* Submit and review the quiz &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is for '''students''' who are enrolled in a '''Moodle''' course and need to attempt a quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites'''  &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with a published quiz &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Login as Mahima Singh with username = mahima.singh and password = Mahima@123&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Linear Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
|In the top menu, click on '''Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then go to '''My Courses''' and select the '''Calculus''' course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Course Page – Quiz for Basic Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll through the course page and locate ''''Quiz for Basic Calculus''''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You will be directed to the quiz page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will show details like number of attempts, time limit, and the grade required to pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click &amp;quot;Attempt quiz&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the '''Attempt quiz''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop-up box → Click &amp;quot;Start Attempt&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Read the standard instructions in the pop-up and click the '''Start Attempt''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Questions Appear''' &lt;br /&gt;
|The quiz questions will now appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attempt each question by selecting the correct answer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Timer''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Observe the timer on the quiz page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows the remaining time to complete the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Navigation Panel – Moving Between Questions &lt;br /&gt;
|Use the quiz navigation panel on the right to move between questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Save and Submit Quiz''' &lt;br /&gt;
|After answering all questions, click on '''Finish attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Summary of the attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
|The summary of the attempt is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the '''Return to attempt''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can return to your attempt from here, if you wish to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on '''Submit all and finish''' &lt;br /&gt;
|When you are sure, click on '''Submit all and finish''' to submit your quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Popup: Are you sure you want to submit?''' &lt;br /&gt;
|A confirmation popup will appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Submit all and finish''' again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Summary Page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You will now see the quiz summary page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows your attempt status, score, and feedback (if enabled by teacher). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Finish review in the Quiz Navigation panel. &lt;br /&gt;
|Once you finish reviewing, click on '''Finish review''' in the '''Quiz Navigation''' panel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You are back on the '''Quiz''' page where the grade and other details are displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Point to the Review hyperlink''' &lt;br /&gt;
|If enabled, you can click '''Review''' to see your answers and the correct answers again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt how a student can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt a quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* View questions and submit answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate between quiz questions&lt;br /&gt;
* Submit and review the quiz &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment'''  &lt;br /&gt;
* Login as the other student Amina Hasan &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt the same quiz as Amina &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Submitting-assignments-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Submitting-assignments-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Submitting-assignments-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-17T11:08:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Submitting Assignments in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment submission, Moodle tutorials, Upload files Moodle, Edit Draft submissions, View grades Moodle, Moodle assignment feedback&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Submitting Assignments in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5''' – '''Submitting assignments in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How a '''student''' accesses and submits an '''assignment''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to upload text or files &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit submissions (if allowed) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is meant for '''students''' who are using '''Moodle''' to submit '''assignments'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should:&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with a published assignment activity &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as Mahima Singh with username = mahima.singh and password = Mahima@123&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Advanced Algebra''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, go to '''My Courses''' and select '''Advanced Algebra''' course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll and locate &amp;quot;Quiz for Basic Calculus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll and locate '''Assignment 1 – Evolutes and Involutes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Point to the Assignment Instructions, Grading status and Submission status&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be taken to the assignment page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows instructions, due date, grading status, and submission status. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Click on Add Submission&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''Add submission''' button to begin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Point to the Online Text box  File Upload box → &amp;gt;&amp;gt; → Click Upload a file → below Attachment click Choose file &lt;br /&gt;
| You can now submit your assignment in two ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type directly in the '''Online Text''' box (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or upload a file by dragging it to the upload area. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or clicking the circular '''plus icon'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: File Picker → Upload a File → Upload this file &lt;br /&gt;
| In the file picker dialog, click on '''Upload a file''' → then on '''Browse'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the assignment answer file from your computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Upload this file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Save Changes button &lt;br /&gt;
| After uploading the file or typing in the '''Online Text''' box, click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Submission Status → Draft &lt;br /&gt;
| The submission will now appear in '''Draft''' status. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can edit it until the due date if your teacher has allowed editing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to &amp;quot;Remove assignment&amp;quot; button &lt;br /&gt;
| You can also remove it, in case you want to re-do the assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Final Submit assignment → Continue &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Submit assignment''' button to confirm your submission. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A confirmation prompt will follow. Click '''Continue'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Submission Status – Submitted for grading &lt;br /&gt;
| Your submission is now marked as '''Submitted for grading'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You cannot make changes after this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Grading and Feedback (after evaluation) &lt;br /&gt;
| Once the teacher evaluates your work, the grade and feedback will appear on the same page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs Assignment-1 → Done status &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to return to the '''Advanced Algebra''' course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the '''status''' of '''Assignment-1''' has now changed to '''Done'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| This is how a '''student''' can submit assignments in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How students access and submit an assignment in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
* How to upload assignment text or files &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit submissions (if allowed) &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment:&lt;br /&gt;
* Login as the other student Amina Hasan. &lt;br /&gt;
* Make another submission for the same Assignment-1 in &amp;quot;Advanced Algebra&amp;quot; course by Amina. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Generating-reports-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Generating-reports-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Generating-reports-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-17T03:58:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Generating Reports in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, grades management, course reports, report filters, report download, data analysis, Moodle assessment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Generating Reports in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Generating Reports in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What are '''reports''' in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of '''reports'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to generate, '''download''', and analyze '''reports''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' using '''Moodle''' to view or '''download reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a teacher login&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course&lt;br /&gt;
* Have graded assignment and quiz submissions from students &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Logged in as teacher Nitya &lt;br /&gt;
|Login as '''teacher Nitya.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Moodle Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reports''' in '''Moodle''' help track student progress, course activity, and engagement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now let us see how to generate these '''reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Navigate: Go to Advanced Algebra course → click Grades&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''My courses.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Advanced Algebra''' and then click '''Grades'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll slowly down the page&lt;br /&gt;
|Recall that this course had 2 '''graded assignments'''. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to see the '''grades''' scored by all the students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to dropdown option - Grader Report&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll up.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The default dropdown option here is ''''Grader Report.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
|Click to view other options for '''reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click Single View &lt;br /&gt;
|In the '''Search users''' textbox, start typing the name of the student. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you type, names of students appear in a list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose the student you want to view details of. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll slowly down the page&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll to see all the graded items and related details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll up Menu: Click on Reports&lt;br /&gt;
|Next, from the '''course menu''', click on '''Reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Show: Available types – Activity, Course participation, Logs, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
|You can choose from several '''report types''' listed here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall this '''course''' had completion statuses for all the '''course''' materials. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Select: Activity completion&lt;br /&gt;
|Let’s choose the '''report type - Activity completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''report''', we can see the completion details for each '''course''' material. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the filter options &lt;br /&gt;
|Use the '''filters''' to customize the '''report''' as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Show: Export options (CSV, Excel compatible)&lt;br /&gt;
|If you want to save or share the '''report''', look for the '''Download''' options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can export the '''report''' in formats like ''''CSV'''' or ''''Excel compatible format.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click Download Excel compatible format&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Download''' to save the '''report''' to your computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Open the report file on your computer and view the data&lt;br /&gt;
|Review the '''downloaded report''' to identify patterns and insights. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on actions such as helping low-performing students or revising content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Now let’s learn how '''teachers''' can '''download quiz reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Navigate: Go to Calculus course → click Grades&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''My courses.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Calculus''' and then click '''Grades'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Recall that this '''course''' had a '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click column head &amp;quot;Quiz for Basic Calculus&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|In the table, click on the column head '''Quiz for Basic Calculus''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on &amp;quot;Results&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|The '''quiz summary''' page opens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''quiz menu''', click on '''Results'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the filter options&lt;br /&gt;
|Use the '''filters''' to customize the '''report''' as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Locate the dropdown for &amp;quot;Download table data as&amp;quot; → Click on &amp;quot;Excel option&amp;quot; → click Download &lt;br /&gt;
|Locate the dropdown for '''Download table data as.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose the '''format''' suitable for you. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on the '''Download''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Open the report file on your computer and view the data&lt;br /&gt;
|Review the''' downloaded report''' to identify patterns and insights. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|So this is how a '''teacher''' can access '''reports''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to access '''reports''' in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate and download them&lt;br /&gt;
* Use '''reports''' to analyze and improve '''course''' outcomes &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an '''assignment''': &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the '''filters''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Export the '''report''' in '''PDF format''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Review the '''report''' and identify students who may need additional help &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle</id>
		<title>Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle"/>
				<updated>2026-03-16T14:36:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;=== Introduction ===  '''Moodle''' is a '''''Learning Management System (LMS)''''' designed to assist teachers and educators in creating an online platform that facilitates ad...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Moodle''' is a '''''Learning Management System (LMS)''''' designed to assist teachers and educators in creating an online platform that facilitates adaptive and personalized learning. Developed in 2002, it is free and open-source software widely utilized by both small and large institutions for delivering courses to students online. '''Moodle''' offers a range of built-in features, including essential tools like file uploads, assignments, quizzes, and notifications, as well as more advanced options such as ''forums, wikis,'' and ''collaborative quizzes'' for learners. Additionally, it supports numerous easy-to-install ''plugins'', including attendance tracking, reminders, and analytics, to enhance its functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Spoken Tutorial effort for '''Moodle''' has been contributed by '''Nancy Varkey'''.  The support for video production was provided by the '''Edupyramids''' team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic Level ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Overview of Moodle 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
#* Brief explanation of Moodle and what it can do&lt;br /&gt;
#* Software, hardware requirements for running Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Glimpses of tutorial in the series&lt;br /&gt;
#Server setup before installing Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Update the system packages&lt;br /&gt;
#* Install the web server - nginx&lt;br /&gt;
#* Clean up old PHP sources&lt;br /&gt;
#* Remove any Ondrej PHP repository files&lt;br /&gt;
#* Install tools needed for adding repositories&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add the PHP repository from Ondrej&lt;br /&gt;
# Installing and configuring Moodle -published&lt;br /&gt;
#* Download and extract the Moodle 4.5.3 package to the web directory&lt;br /&gt;
#* Create Moodle data directory and apply correct permissions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure PHP session ownership and Moodle file permissions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Set up Moodle configuration, Nginx server block, and verify setup&lt;br /&gt;
# Moodle site setup&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access Moodle installation through localhost&lt;br /&gt;
#* Identify and fix PHP configuration issues during installation&lt;br /&gt;
#* Complete installation steps including admin and site settings&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access and navigate the Moodle Admin Dashboard after setup&lt;br /&gt;
# Site Administrator dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
#* Log in as Administrator and access the Site Administration Dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
#* Identify key admin sections like Users, Courses, Plugins, and Reports&lt;br /&gt;
#* Update Admin profile details, password, and preferences&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure forum, calendar, and notification preferences&lt;br /&gt;
# Front page settings&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access and configure Site home settings&lt;br /&gt;
#* Customize site name, summary, and front page content&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enable and edit front page sections using Edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify front page display for logged-in and logged-out users&lt;br /&gt;
# Blocks in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Understand the purpose and types of Moodle blocks&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add commonly used blocks from the block drawer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure, hide, delete, and reposition blocks&lt;br /&gt;
#* Manage site-level default dashboard blocks&lt;br /&gt;
# Categories in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access and manage course categories from Site Administration&lt;br /&gt;
#* Create, rename, and organize categories and subcategories&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit category descriptions and hierarchy&lt;br /&gt;
#* Safely delete or restore course categories&lt;br /&gt;
# Courses in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Create courses with correct names, category, and duration&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit course settings, summary, and visibility&lt;br /&gt;
#* Duplicate, hide, reorder, and delete courses&lt;br /&gt;
#* View courses on the Home page and course list&lt;br /&gt;
# Adding Users in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Create users manually with proper authentication settings&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit user profiles and manage password policies&lt;br /&gt;
#* Upload multiple users using CSV files&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify and manage users added individually or in bulk&lt;br /&gt;
# Assigning User Roles in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* View and filter users from the Participants page&lt;br /&gt;
#* Assign site-level roles such as Teacher or Student&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enroll users into courses with course-level roles&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify and manage user roles within a course&lt;br /&gt;
# Install plugins&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access the Plugins overview and identify installed plugins&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure Assignment and Submission plugin settings&lt;br /&gt;
#* Search, download, and install plugins from moodle.org&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify installed plugins and understand their usage&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher’s dashboard in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Navigate the Teacher Dashboard and available blocks&lt;br /&gt;
#* View assigned courses using My Courses&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit teacher profile and personal preferences&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add initial course details such as section names and summaries&lt;br /&gt;
# Course settings in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure course name, format, visibility, and appearance&lt;br /&gt;
#* Update course summary and upload size limits&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add sections and organize course structure&lt;br /&gt;
#* Preview the course using Switch role&lt;br /&gt;
# Format course material&lt;br /&gt;
#* Rename, reorder, duplicate, hide, and delete sections&lt;br /&gt;
#* Format content using Moodle’s HTML editor&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add multimedia, equations, tables, and links&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure activity completion and reminders&lt;br /&gt;
# Uploading and Editing Resources in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add resources like Book, Folder, File, and URL&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure resource settings and descriptions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Set completion and access restrictions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Manage layout, visibility, and resource organization&lt;br /&gt;
# Create Assignments for students in a Moodle Course&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add and configure Assignment activities&lt;br /&gt;
#* Set availability, submission, grading, and feedback options&lt;br /&gt;
#* Apply access restrictions and completion conditions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Organize assignments within the course layout&lt;br /&gt;
# Forum for a Moodle Course&lt;br /&gt;
#* Configure course and teacher profile settings&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add and organize course content and sections&lt;br /&gt;
#* Create and configure forums for discussions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Post topics, reply to posts, and manage forum participation&lt;br /&gt;
# Creating a Question bank in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Understand the purpose and structure of the Question Bank&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add and configure different question types&lt;br /&gt;
#* Preview and verify questions and feedback&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit, duplicate, or delete questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Creating question categories in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Understand the role of question categories&lt;br /&gt;
#* Create and manage question categories&lt;br /&gt;
#* Move and filter questions by category&lt;br /&gt;
#* Safely delete and maintain categories&lt;br /&gt;
# Creating a Quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add and configure a quiz activity&lt;br /&gt;
#* Set timing, grading, layout, and review options&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add questions and random questions from the Question Bank&lt;br /&gt;
#* Preview and adjust quiz settings&lt;br /&gt;
# Course enrollment and communication in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enroll students and assign appropriate roles&lt;br /&gt;
#* Send messages and notes to students&lt;br /&gt;
#* Understand visibility of notes and messages&lt;br /&gt;
#* View notifications and communications as a student&lt;br /&gt;
# Student’s dashboard in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access and navigate the personalized Dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
#* View enrolled courses and notifications&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit profile details and preferences&lt;br /&gt;
#* Send and receive messages&lt;br /&gt;
# Accessing material and participating in forums in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Navigate courses using the Course Index&lt;br /&gt;
#* Understand conditional access and completion tracking&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access learning materials and mark them as done&lt;br /&gt;
#* Participate in announcements and forum discussions&lt;br /&gt;
# Submitting assignments in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Locate and review assignment details&lt;br /&gt;
#* Submit assignments using text or file upload&lt;br /&gt;
#* Edit drafts and perform final submission&lt;br /&gt;
#* View submission status, grades, and feedback&lt;br /&gt;
# Attempting a quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Locate and review quiz details&lt;br /&gt;
#* Attempt quizzes and manage time using the timer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Navigate between questions and submit responses&lt;br /&gt;
#* Review quiz results and feedback&lt;br /&gt;
# Review and grade assignments and quizzes in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access assignment submissions and grading interface&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enter grades and feedback for assignments&lt;br /&gt;
#* Review quiz attempts and student responses&lt;br /&gt;
#* Override marks and finalize grading&lt;br /&gt;
# Generating reports in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access grades and course reports&lt;br /&gt;
#* Use filters and different report types&lt;br /&gt;
#* Download reports in CSV or Excel formats&lt;br /&gt;
#* Analyze reports to improve teaching and learning&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Generating-reports-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Generating-reports-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Generating-reports-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-08T03:25:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Generating Reports in Moodle  Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-so...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Generating Reports in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, grades management, course reports, report filters, report download, data analysis, Moodle assessment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Generating Reports in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Generating Reports in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What are '''reports''' in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of '''reports'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to generate, '''download''', and analyze '''reports''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' using '''Moodle''' to view or '''download reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a teacher login&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course&lt;br /&gt;
* Have graded assignment and quiz submissions from students &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Logged in as teacher Nitya &lt;br /&gt;
|Login as '''teacher Nitya.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Moodle Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reports''' in '''Moodle''' help track student progress, course activity, and engagement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now let us see how to generate these '''reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Navigate: Go to Advanced Algebra course → click Grades&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''My courses.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Advanced Algebra''' and then click '''Grades'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll slowly down the page&lt;br /&gt;
|Recall that this course had 2 '''graded assignments'''. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to see the '''grades''' scored by all the students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to dropdown option - Grader Report&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll up.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The default dropdown option here is '''Grader Report.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
|Click to view other options for '''reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click Single View &lt;br /&gt;
|In the '''Search users''' textbox, start typing the name of the student. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you type, names of students appear in a list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose the student you want to view details of. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll slowly down the page&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll to see all the graded items and related details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll up Menu: Click on Reports&lt;br /&gt;
|Next, from the '''course menu''', click on '''Reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Show: Available types – Activity, Course participation, Logs, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
|You can choose from several '''report types''' listed here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall this '''course''' had completion statuses for all the '''course''' materials. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Select: Activity completion&lt;br /&gt;
|Let’s choose the '''report type - Activity completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''report''', we can see the completion details for each '''course''' material. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the filter options &lt;br /&gt;
|Use the '''filters''' to customize the '''report''' as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Show: Export options (CSV, Excel compatible)&lt;br /&gt;
|If you want to save or share the '''report''', look for the '''Download''' options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can export the '''report''' in formats like '''CSV''' or '''Excel compatible format.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click Download Excel compatible format&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Download''' to save the '''report''' to your computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Open the report file on your computer and view the data&lt;br /&gt;
|Review the '''downloaded report''' to identify patterns and insights. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on actions such as helping low-performing students or revising content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Navigate: Go to Calculus course → click Grades&lt;br /&gt;
|Now let’s learn how '''teachers''' can '''download quiz reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''My courses.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Calculus''' and then click '''Grades'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Recall that this '''course''' had a '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
Click column head &amp;quot;Quiz for Basic Calculus&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|In the table, click on the column head '''Quiz for Basic Calculus''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on &amp;quot;Results&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|The '''quiz summary''' page opens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''quiz menu''', click on '''Results'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the filter options&lt;br /&gt;
|Use the '''filters''' to customize the '''report''' as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Locate the dropdown for &amp;quot;Download table data as&amp;quot; → Click on &amp;quot;Excel option&amp;quot; → click Download &lt;br /&gt;
|Locate the dropdown for '''Download table data as.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose the '''format''' suitable for you. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on the '''Download''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Review the''' downloaded report''' to identify patterns and insights. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|So this is how a '''teacher''' can access '''reports''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to access '''reports''' in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate and download them&lt;br /&gt;
* Use '''reports''' to analyze and improve '''course''' outcomes &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an '''assignment''': &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the '''filters''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Export the '''report''' in '''PDF format''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Review the '''report''' and identify students who may need additional help &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T05:34:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Review and Grade Assignments &amp;amp; Quizzes  Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lm...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Review and Grade Assignments &amp;amp; Quizzes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment grading, Moodle quiz review, student response analysis, override marks, finalizing grades, Moodle assessment management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Review and Grade Assignments &amp;amp; Quizzes''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Reviewing and Grading Assignments and Quizzes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* View student submissions for assignments and quizzes&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade assignments manually&lt;br /&gt;
* Review quiz attempts and grades&lt;br /&gt;
* Release grades and feedback to students &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' using '''Moodle''' to evaluate student performance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a '''teacher login'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Teacher access''' to a '''Moodle course'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Have assignment and quiz submissions from students &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the logged in username&lt;br /&gt;
||Login as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|From the dashboard, navigate to '''My Courses''' and select the '''Advanced Algebra course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course Page → Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll down and locate the '''Assignment 1''' activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Submissions Refer to the above image &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the '''Submissions''' menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Submissions table&lt;br /&gt;
|You will see a table of '''student submissions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Participant 1, Participant 2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Anonymous submissions&amp;quot; was enabled for this '''assignment'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, the student names appear as '''Participant 1, 2''' and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the three dots below → &amp;quot;Grade&amp;quot; column → textbox → type &lt;br /&gt;
|For '''Participant 2''', let’s locate the column named '''Grade'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the three dots below it and click on '''Grade'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the right arrow to go to pages 2 and 3 → Scroll each page to show the text of the submission &lt;br /&gt;
|Page 1 of '''Participant 2’s submission''' is now displayed on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the right arrow to view page 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Type 55 in the Grade textbox&lt;br /&gt;
|Now look at the right side of the screen and scroll down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this submission is incomplete, we will grade it 55 out of 100. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Feedback comment box type “Incomplete submission” &lt;br /&gt;
|Then in the '''Feedback comment box''' we will type a short message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Save changes &lt;br /&gt;
|Once done, click '''Save changes''' at the bottom of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Graded status&lt;br /&gt;
|The '''assignment''' submission now has '''Graded status'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Change user dropdown and point to Amina &lt;br /&gt;
|Locate '''Change user dropdown.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Using this dropdown, we can choose the next student’s assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Repeat the same steps for Participant 1’s submission &lt;br /&gt;
|Repeat the grading process for all other student submissions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Advanced Algebra at the top left&lt;br /&gt;
|Let’s return to the main '''course''' page of '''Advanced Algebra.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: My Courses → Calculus Locate Quiz for Basic Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|Now, let us learn how to review a '''quiz submission'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''My courses''' and then on '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to the '''quiz''' activity '''Quiz for Basic Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Quiz Summary Page → point to Attempts:2&lt;br /&gt;
|We land on the '''quiz summary''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we can see '''Attempts''' as 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Attempts''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Quiz attempts table&lt;br /&gt;
|You will see a table of '''quiz attempts''' by the '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the Grade column''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This is an '''auto-graded quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So grades are shown automatically for each student’s attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Mahima → Review attempt&lt;br /&gt;
|Below the student’s name, we can see '''Review attempt''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click this to view the student’s detailed attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;Make comment or override mark&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|You can override the grades for any question or add feedback comments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Make comment or override mark'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on “Make comment or override mark” and type “Please refer to the Reading chapter for better understanding.”&lt;br /&gt;
|You can provide written '''feedback''' in the '''comment box'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the Marks box&lt;br /&gt;
|You can also override the marks for the attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Click on Save&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Save''' to apply the '''feedback''' and change in '''Marks''', if any. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|So, that’s how you do the grading for students’ assignments and quiz attempts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary'''  &lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt how a teacher can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Review and grade assignment submissions&lt;br /&gt;
* Review and grade quiz attempts&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide feedback to students &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as a teacher&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade another '''assignment''' and '''quiz attempt'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Add written feedback as well &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T05:11:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, quiz management, Moodle quiz, attempt and review quiz, navigate quiz questions, manage quiz time, feedback and grade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn how a student can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt a quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* View questions and submit answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate between quiz questions&lt;br /&gt;
* Submit and review the quiz &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is for '''students''' who are enrolled in a '''Moodle''' course and need to attempt a quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites'''  &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with a published quiz &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Login as Mahima Singh with username = mahima.singh and password = Mahima@123&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Linear Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
|In the top menu, click on '''Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then go to '''My Courses''' and select the '''Calculus''' course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Course Page – Quiz for Basic Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll through the course page and locate '''Quiz for Basic Calculus''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You will be directed to the quiz page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will show details like number of attempts, time limit, and the grade required to pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click &amp;quot;Attempt quiz&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pop-up box → Click &amp;quot;Start Attempt&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Read the standard instructions in the pop-up and click the '''Start Attempt''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Questions Appear''' &lt;br /&gt;
|The quiz questions will now appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attempt each question by selecting the correct answer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Timer''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Observe the timer on the quiz page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows the remaining time to complete the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Navigation Panel – Moving Between Questions &lt;br /&gt;
|Use the quiz navigation panel on the right to move between questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Save and Submit Quiz''' &lt;br /&gt;
|After answering all questions, click on '''Finish attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Summary of the attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
|The summary of the attempt is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the '''Return to attempt''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can return to your attempt from here, if you wish to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on '''Submit all and finish''' &lt;br /&gt;
|When you are sure, click on '''Submit all and finish''' to submit your quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Popup: Are you sure you want to submit?''' &lt;br /&gt;
|A confirmation popup will appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Submit all and finish''' again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Summary Page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You will now see the quiz summary page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows your attempt status, score, and feedback (if enabled by teacher). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Finish review in the Quiz Navigation panel. &lt;br /&gt;
|Once you finish reviewing, click on '''Finish review''' in the '''Quiz Navigation''' panel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You are back on the '''Quiz''' page where the grade and other details are displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Point to the Review hyperlink''' &lt;br /&gt;
|If enabled, you can click '''Review''' to see your answers and the correct answers again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt how a student can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt a quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* View questions and submit answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate between quiz questions&lt;br /&gt;
* Submit and review the quiz &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment'''  &lt;br /&gt;
* Login as the other student Amina Hasan &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt the same quiz as Amina &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T05:06:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle  Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-sou...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, quiz management, Moodle quiz, attempt and review quiz, navigate quiz questions, manage quiz time, feedback and grade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn how a student can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt a quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* View questions and submit answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate between quiz questions&lt;br /&gt;
* Submit and review the quiz &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is for '''students''' who are enrolled in a '''Moodle''' course and need to attempt a quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites'''  &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with a published quiz &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Login as Mahima Singh with username = mahima.singh and password = Mahima@123&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Linear Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
|In the top menu, click on '''Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then go to '''My Courses''' and select the '''Calculus''' course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Course Page – Quiz for Basic Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll through the course page and locate '''Quiz for Basic Calculus''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You will be directed to the quiz page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will show details like number of attempts, time limit, and the grade required to pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click &amp;quot;Attempt quiz&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pop-up box → Click &amp;quot;Start Attempt&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Read the standard instructions in the pop-up and click the '''Start Attempt''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Questions Appear''' &lt;br /&gt;
|The quiz questions will now appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attempt each question by selecting the correct answer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Timer''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Observe the timer on the quiz page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows the remaining time to complete the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Navigation Panel – Moving Between Questions &lt;br /&gt;
|Use the quiz navigation panel on the right to move between questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Save and Submit Quiz''' &lt;br /&gt;
|After answering all questions, click on '''Finish attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Summary of the attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
|The summary of the attempt is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the '''Return to attempt''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can return to your attempt from here, if you wish to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on '''Submit all and finish''' &lt;br /&gt;
|When you are sure, click on '''Submit all and finish''' to submit your quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Popup: Are you sure you want to submit?''' &lt;br /&gt;
|A confirmation popup will appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Submit all and finish''' again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Summary Page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You will now see the quiz summary page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows your attempt status, score, and feedback (if enabled by teacher). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Finish review in the Quiz Navigation panel. &lt;br /&gt;
|Once you finish reviewing, click on '''Finish review''' in the '''Quiz Navigation''' panel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You are back on the '''Quiz''' page where the grade and other details are displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Point to the Review hyperlink''' &lt;br /&gt;
|If enabled, you can click '''Review''' to see your answers and the correct answers again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt how a student can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt a quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* View questions and submit answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate between quiz questions&lt;br /&gt;
* Submit and review the quiz &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment'''  &lt;br /&gt;
Login as the other student Amina Hasan &lt;br /&gt;
Attempt the same quiz by Amina &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Submitting-assignments-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Submitting-assignments-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Submitting-assignments-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T04:37:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Submitting Assignments in Moodle  Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, ope...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Submitting Assignments in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment submission, Moodle tutorials, Upload files Moodle, Edit Draft submissions, View grades Moodle, Moodle assignment feedback&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Submitting Assignments in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5''' – '''Submitting assignments in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How a '''student''' accesses and submits an '''assignment''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to upload text or files &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit submissions (if allowed) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is meant for '''students''' who are using '''Moodle''' to submit '''assignments'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should:&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with a published assignment activity &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as Mahima Singh with username = mahima.singh and password = Mahima@123&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Advanced Algebra''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, click on '''Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then go to '''My Courses''' and select the '''Advanced Algebra''' course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll and locate &amp;quot;Quiz for Basic Calculus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll and locate '''Assignment 1 – Evolutes and Involutes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Point to the Assignment Instructions, Grading status and Submission status&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on it. You will be taken to the assignment page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows instructions, due date, grading status, and submission status. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Click on Add Submission&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''Add submission''' button to begin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Point to the Online Text box  File Upload box → &amp;gt;&amp;gt; → Click Upload a file → below Attachment click Choose file &lt;br /&gt;
| You can now submit your assignment in two ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type directly in the '''Online Text''' box (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or upload a file by dragging it to the upload area or clicking the circular '''plus icon'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: File Picker → Upload a File → Upload this file &lt;br /&gt;
| In the file picker dialog: Click on '''Upload a file''' → then on '''Choose File.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the assignment answer file from your computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Upload this file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Save Changes button &lt;br /&gt;
| After uploading the file or typing in the '''Online Text''' box, click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Submission Status → Draft &lt;br /&gt;
| The submission will now appear in '''Draft''' status. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can edit it until the due date if your teacher has allowed editing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to &amp;quot;Remove assignment&amp;quot; button &lt;br /&gt;
| You can also remove it, in case you want to re-do the assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Final Submit assignment → Continue &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Submit assignment''' button to confirm your submission. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A confirmation prompt will follow. Click '''Continue'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Submission Status – Submitted for grading &lt;br /&gt;
| Your submission is now marked as '''Submitted for grading'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You cannot make changes after this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Grading and Feedback (after evaluation) &lt;br /&gt;
| Once the teacher evaluates your work, the grade and feedback will appear on the same page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs Assignment-1 → Done status &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to return to the '''Advanced Algebra''' course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the '''status''' of '''Assignment-1''' has now changed to '''Done'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| This is how a '''student''' can submit assignments in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How students access and submit an assignment in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
* How to upload assignment text or files &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit submissions (if allowed) &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment:&lt;br /&gt;
* Login as the other student Amina Hasan. &lt;br /&gt;
* Make another submission for the same Assignment-1 in &amp;quot;Advanced Algebra&amp;quot; course by Amina. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Accessing-material-and-participating-in-forums/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Accessing-material-and-participating-in-forums/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Accessing-material-and-participating-in-forums/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T04:13:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Accessing Materials and Participating in Forums&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Moodle course navigation, conditional access, completion tracking, accessing learning materials, forum participation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Accessing Materials and Participating in Forums'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn:&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access '''enrolled courses''' &amp;amp; navigate within&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can find &amp;amp; download attachments or '''course''' materials&lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''forum''' is in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access '''forum discussions''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''students''' enrolled in '''Moodle courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should:&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with course material and an active ''forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as Mahima Singh with username mahima.singh and password Mahima@123 &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → list of courses &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, click on '''My Courses'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that '''Mahima''' is '''enrolled''' into 3 different '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Click on Advanced Algebra course &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''course''' named '''Advanced Algebra''' to open its page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course Page → Course Index (Left) Refer to screenshot 1 at the end of the script&lt;br /&gt;
| Observe the '''Course Index''' on the left side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''index''' helps in navigating through the various '''course''' sections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Hover your mouse over the accessible hyperlinked resources &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that some resources in the centre of the page are '''hyperlinked'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means you can click and access them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Continue the same screenshot &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the lock icons in the index and the centre of the page &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice lock '''icons''' on certain resources in the '''index''' and the centre of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These resources display a '''condition''' to be fulfilled to open the access. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Highlight '''Assignment 2''' and its condition &lt;br /&gt;
|For example - In order to access '''Assignment 2''',  we need to complete '''Assignment 1'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Highlight '''Assignment 1''' and its condition &lt;br /&gt;
|And in order to access '''Assignment 1''',  we need to complete '''“Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications” → click on “Mark as done” → point to “Done”&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll up and click on '''“Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have read it, click on '''“Mark as done”'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''status''' now changes to '''“Done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Yet Another Calculus Text” &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, click on the book chapter '''“Yet Another Calculus Text”''' in the '''index''' and read it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to go back to the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that the lock '''icon''' disappeared for '''Assignment 1'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Exponential and Logarithmic Functions” → click on “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| You can also move to any '''section''' by clicking directly on it in the '''index'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read and click on '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Group Theory and Basic Algebraic Structures” → click on “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''“Group Theory and Basic Algebraic Structures”'''.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read and click on '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to go back to the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to “Single Variable Calculus” and then click &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that the lock '''icon''' for '''Single Variable Calculus''' disappears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s click it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the link → YouTube video &lt;br /&gt;
| Now click on the '''link''' provided therein which leads to a '''YouTube''' video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the back arrow of the browser → click “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| After watching it, click the back arrow of the '''browser''' and click '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and look at all the resources &amp;amp; statuses &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and look at all the resources and their '''statuses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the green marker in the index for the completed resources &lt;br /&gt;
| Resources that have a green marker in the index indicate they have been completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s look at another '''course - Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Below General, click on Announcements → Click on All students &lt;br /&gt;
| Here, below '''General''', click on '''Announcements'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''All students''' to read the announcement from '''teacher Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the forum discussion &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to find the '''forum''' activity on this page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Introduce ourselves → Click on Reply link of the teacher’s post → type “Hello mam, happy to be in your class”. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''discussion topic''' to open the '''forum discussion page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, click on the '''Reply link''' below '''teacher Nitya’s post''' and type a reply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to return to the '''Calculus course page.'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the callout icon at the top right → click teacher Nitya’s message about a guest lecturer → close drawer by clicking the left arrow above &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''callout icon''' at the top right to open the messaging drawer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read '''teacher Nitya’s''' message about a guest lecturer.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close the message drawer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| So this is how a student can access course materials and participate in '''forums'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize, we learnt how students can:&lt;br /&gt;
* Access enrolled courses &amp;amp; navigate within&lt;br /&gt;
* Find &amp;amp; download attachments or course materials&lt;br /&gt;
* What a Moodle forum is&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access forum discussions&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Login as the other student Amina&lt;br /&gt;
* Reply to the “Let’s introduce ourselves” discussion started by teacher Nitya &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Accessing-material-and-participating-in-forums/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Accessing-material-and-participating-in-forums/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Accessing-material-and-participating-in-forums/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T03:31:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Accessing Materials and Participating in Forums  Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educa...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Accessing Materials and Participating in Forums&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Moodle course navigation, conditional access, completion tracking, accessing learning materials, forum participation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Accessing Materials and Participating in Forums'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn:&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access '''enrolled courses''' &amp;amp; navigate within&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can find &amp;amp; download attachments or '''course''' materials&lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''forum''' is in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access '''forum discussions''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''students''' enrolled in '''Moodle courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should:&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with course material and an active ''forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as Mahima Singh with username mahima.singh and password Mahima@123 &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → list of courses &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, click on '''My Courses'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that '''Mahima''' is '''enrolled''' into 3 different '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Click on Advanced Algebra course &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''course''' named '''Advanced Algebra''' to open its page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course Page → Course Index (Left) Refer to screenshot 1 at the end of the script&lt;br /&gt;
| Observe the '''Course Index''' on the left side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''index''' helps in navigating through the various '''course''' sections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Hover your mouse over the accessible hyperlinked resources &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that some resources in the centre of the page are '''hyperlinked'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means you can click and access them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Continue the same screenshot &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the lock icons in the index and the centre of the page &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice '''lock icons''' on certain resources in the '''index''' and the centre of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These resources display a '''condition''' to be fulfilled to open the access. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Highlight '''Assignment 2''' and its condition &lt;br /&gt;
|For example - In order to access '''Assignment 2''',  we need to complete '''Assignment 1'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Highlight '''Assignment 1''' and its condition &lt;br /&gt;
|And in order to access '''Assignment 1''',  we need to complete '''“Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications” → click on “Mark as done” → point to “Done”&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll up and click on '''“Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have read it, click on '''“Mark as done”'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''status''' now changes to '''“Done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Yet Another Calculus Text” &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, click on the book chapter '''“Yet Another Calculus Text”''' in the '''index''' and read it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to go back to the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that the lock icon disappeared for '''Assignment 1'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Exponential and Logarithmic Functions” → click on “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| You can also move to any '''section''' by clicking directly on it in the '''index'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read and click on '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Group Theory and Basic Algebraic Structures” → click on “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''“Group Theory and Basic Algebraic Structures”'''.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read and click on '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to go back to the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to “Single Variable Calculus” and then click &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that the lock icon for '''Single Variable Calculus''' disappears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s click it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the link → YouTube video &lt;br /&gt;
| Now click on the '''link''' provided therein which leads to a '''YouTube''' video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the back arrow of the browser → click “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| After watching it, click the back arrow of the '''browser''' and click '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and look at all the resources &amp;amp; statuses &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and look at all the resources and their '''statuses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the green marker in the index for the completed resources &lt;br /&gt;
| Resources that have a green marker in the index indicate they have been completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s look at another '''course - Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Below General, click on Announcements → Click on All students &lt;br /&gt;
| Here, below '''General''', click on '''Announcements'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''All students''' to read the '''announcement''' from '''teacher Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the forum discussion &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to find the '''forum''' activity on this page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Introduce ourselves → Click on Reply link of the teacher’s post → type “Hello mam, happy to be in your class”. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''discussion topic''' to open the '''forum discussion page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, click on the '''Reply link''' below '''teacher Nitya’s post''' and type a reply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to return to the '''Calculus course page.'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the callout icon at the top right → click teacher Nitya’s message about a guest lecturer → close drawer by clicking the left arrow above &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''callout icon''' at the top right to open the messaging drawer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read '''teacher Nitya’s''' message about a guest lecturer.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close the message drawer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| So this is how a student can access course materials and participate in '''forums'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt:&lt;br /&gt;
* How to access '''enrolled courses''' &amp;amp; navigate within&lt;br /&gt;
* How to find &amp;amp; download attachments or '''course''' materials&lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''Moodle forum''' is&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access '''forum discussions''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Login as the other student Amina&lt;br /&gt;
* Reply to the “Let’s introduce ourselves” discussion started by teacher Nitya&lt;br /&gt;
* Login as Mahima&lt;br /&gt;
* Access all the course material and mark as Done &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Students-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Students-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Students-dashboard-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T03:23:17Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Student’s Dashboard in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, student dashboard navigation, enrolled courses, messaging in Moodle, profile editing, student dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Student’s Dashboard in Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn:&lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the '''Student's dashboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Key '''blocks''' and their functions&lt;br /&gt;
* Viewing '''enrolled courses'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Editing '''user profile'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Sending and viewing '''messages''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''students''' who are accessing their '''Student Dashboard''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should:&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Have student access in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as Mahima Singh with username = mahima.singh and password = Mahima@123&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Screen: Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
| After '''login''', you will land on the '''Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the personalized '''homepage''' for each '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Click Edit mode''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Turn on the '''Edit mode''' at the top right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Screen: Block Drawer – Calendar, Online Users''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''block drawer''' arrow at the top right side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will see '''blocks''' like '''Online users''' and '''Calendar'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Add a Block below Dashboard→ Latest Announcements&lt;br /&gt;
| To add more '''blocks''', click '''Add a block''' below '''Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s select the '''Latest Announcements block'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a useful '''block''' for students that shows '''course'''-wise '''announcements'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;My courses&amp;quot; in the top menu &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s look at '''Mahima’s enrolled courses'''.  Click on '''My courses''' in the top menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the 3 courses one by one &lt;br /&gt;
| This is the list of all '''courses''' the '''student''' is '''enrolled''' in. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: Only '''published courses''' are visible to '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Recall '''Mahima''' was '''enrolled''' earlier to these '''courses''' by the '''teacher''' and the '''Site admin'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Profile Dropdown → Profile &lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s look at the personal details '''settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit your '''profile''', click on your '''username''' at the top right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Edit Profile Page &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add any city (Pune and country (India) → click on Update Profile &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Edit profile''' and '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can update name, city, description, or upload or update your '''profile photo'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once done, save the changes by clicking on the '''Update Profile''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s learn to send some '''messages'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Dashboard → look at Online Users block &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Mahima (you will see her online if you followed my instructions at the beginning of the script) &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on '''Dashboard''' and look at the '''Online Users''' block. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see other '''students''' here when they are '''logged in'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the callout icon&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''callout icon''' next to '''Amina Hasan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type &amp;quot;Hello Amina&amp;quot; → Enter &lt;br /&gt;
| Type “'''Hello Amina'''” and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type “Can I meet you at 4pm today in the library?”  → Enter &lt;br /&gt;
| Then type '''“Can I meet you at 4pm today in the library?”''' and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Just perform the below steps  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Switch to the private browser window where '''Amina''' is logged in. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Dashboard''' and look at the '''Online Users''' block. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''callout icon''' next to '''Mahima'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Amina's messages &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s look at '''student Amina’s dashboard''' now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are '''Mahima’s messages'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So that’s a quick overview of the '''Student’s dashboard'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt:&lt;br /&gt;
* How a student accesses their Moodle dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
* Key blocks and their functions&lt;br /&gt;
* Accessing enrolled courses &amp;amp; navigating within&lt;br /&gt;
* Editing user profile&lt;br /&gt;
* Sending and viewing messages &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment:&lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as '''student Amina'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Reply to '''Mahima’s message''' - “Sure Mahima” &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Students-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Students-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Students-dashboard-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T02:46:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Accessing Materials and Participating in Forums  Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educa...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Accessing Materials and Participating in Forums&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Moodle course navigation, conditional access, completion tracking, learning materials, forum participation, Moodle tutorials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Accessing Materials and Participating in Forums'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn:&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access '''enrolled courses''' &amp;amp; navigate within&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can find &amp;amp; download attachments or '''course''' materials&lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''forum''' is in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access '''forum discussions''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''students''' enrolled in '''Moodle courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should:&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with course material and an active ''forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as Mahima Singh with username mahima.singh and password Mahima@123 &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → list of courses &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, click on '''My Courses'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that '''Mahima''' is '''enrolled''' into 3 different '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Click on Advanced Algebra course &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''course''' named '''Advanced Algebra''' to open its page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course Page → Course Index (Left) Refer to screenshot 1 at the end of the script&lt;br /&gt;
| Observe the '''Course Index''' on the left side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''index''' helps in navigating through the various '''course''' sections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Hover your mouse over the accessible hyperlinked resources | Notice that some resources in the centre of the page are '''hyperlinked'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means you can click and access them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Continue the same screenshot &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the lock icons in the index and the centre of the page &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight '''Assignment 2''' and its condition &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight '''Assignment 1''' and its condition &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice '''lock icons''' on certain resources in the '''index''' and the centre of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These resources display a '''condition''' to be fulfilled to open the access. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example - In order to access '''Assignment 2''',  we need to complete '''Assignment 1'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And in order to access '''Assignment 1''',  we need to complete '''“Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications” → click on “Mark as done” → point to “Done”&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll up and click on '''“Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have read it, click on '''“Mark as done”'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''status''' now changes to '''“Done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Yet Another Calculus Text” &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, click on the book chapter '''“Yet Another Calculus Text”''' in the '''index''' and read it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to go back to the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that the lock icon disappeared for '''Assignment 1'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Exponential and Logarithmic Functions” → click on “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| You can also move to any '''section''' by clicking directly on it in the '''index'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read and click on '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Group Theory and Basic Algebraic Structures” → click on “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''“Group Theory and Basic Algebraic Structures”'''.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read and click on '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to go back to the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to “Single Variable Calculus” and then click &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that the lock icon for '''Single Variable Calculus''' disappears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s click it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the link → YouTube video &lt;br /&gt;
| Now click on the '''link''' provided therein which leads to a '''YouTube''' video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the back arrow of the browser → click “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| After watching it, click the back arrow of the '''browser''' and click '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and look at all the resources &amp;amp; statuses &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and look at all the resources and their '''statuses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the green marker in the index for the completed resources &lt;br /&gt;
| Resources that have a green marker in the index indicate they have been completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s look at another '''course - Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Below General, click on Announcements → Click on All students &lt;br /&gt;
| Here, below '''General''', click on '''Announcements'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''All students''' to read the '''announcement''' from '''teacher Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the forum discussion &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to find the '''forum''' activity on this page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Introduce ourselves → Click on Reply link of the teacher’s post → type “Hello mam, happy to be in your class”. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''discussion topic''' to open the '''forum discussion page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, click on the '''Reply link''' below '''teacher Nitya’s post''' and type a reply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to return to the '''Calculus course page.'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the callout icon at the top right → click teacher Nitya’s message about a guest lecturer → close drawer by clicking the left arrow above &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''callout icon''' at the top right to open the messaging drawer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read '''teacher Nitya’s''' message about a guest lecturer.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close the message drawer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| So this is how a student can access course materials and participate in '''forums'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt:&lt;br /&gt;
* How to access '''enrolled courses''' &amp;amp; navigate within&lt;br /&gt;
* How to find &amp;amp; download attachments or '''course''' materials&lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''Moodle forum''' is&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access '''forum discussions''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Login as the other student Amina&lt;br /&gt;
* Reply to the “Let’s introduce ourselves” discussion started by teacher Nitya&lt;br /&gt;
* Login as Mahima&lt;br /&gt;
* Access all the course material and mark as Done &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T02:31:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Teacher Dashboard navigation, manage courses, edit teacher profile, add course details, Moodle teacher interface&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title: Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the '''Teacher's Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit '''profile''' and '''preferences''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add preliminary details to a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who have been assigned to a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have:  &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Be logged in as a teacher assigned to a course. &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Refer to the diagram given in the link &lt;br /&gt;
'''[[File:Diagram of beginning of Teacher's dashboard.pdf]]'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display this diagram on the screen. This is the starting point of this tutorial and the subsequent ones. &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Point to each as per narration&lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Site Administrator''' should have already done the following: &lt;br /&gt;
* Created '''categories''' and '''sub-categories''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Created '''courses''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Created and uploaded '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigned '''roles''' to all the '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigned '''courses''' to all the '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Display this on-screen text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Username: nitya.jeevan  Password: Sample@123&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click → Change password &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display this password on screen while typing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type new password as &amp;quot;Learn@123&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click Save Changes button&lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Site Admin''' has enforced the option to change the '''password''' on the first '''login'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why we have landed on the '''Change password''' page.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow standard '''password''' rules and update the '''password''' securely.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Save Changes''' when done. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Dashboard menu &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with an overview of the '''Dashboard.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Navigation block &lt;br /&gt;
| On the right, open the drawer to see the '''Online Users''' and '''Calendar blocks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click My Courses → click on the course Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, click '''My Courses'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It lists the '''courses''' assigned to '''Nitya'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we see the '''courses Advanced Algebra''' and '''Calculus.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Please note: These 2 '''courses''' were assigned by the '''Site Administrator''' to '''Nitya'''`.` &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → Scroll down → Available courses → My courses &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home'''. Scroll down to view the '''Available courses.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here all the courses are displayed along with the '''teacher’s''' name. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''My courses section,''' we can see the '''courses''' assigned exclusively to '''teacher Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: User profile icon → click → Profile &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s edit '''Nitya’s profile'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''user icon''' at the top-right and select '''Profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Teacher Profile page &lt;br /&gt;
| This is '''Nitya’s Profile page'''. All the details are displayed here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Edit profile → in '''Description''' fill this info → add a profile pic Scroll down and click '''Update profile''' button &lt;br /&gt;
| To update personal information, click '''Edit profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s update '''teacher Nitya’s''' details in the '''Description box''', and add a profile picture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now click on '''Update profile''' to view her info. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: User icon → Preferences &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, we’ll explore '''Preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''user icon''' and '''Preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Preferences page &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Preferences''' page allows you to '''customize''' your '''settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight: Calendar preferences &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Calendar preferences''' to change  time format and your preferred start day of the week. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Set 24-hour time format and choose '''Sunday''' as the start day.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Courses block → Click Calculus course &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add some details to the '''Calculus course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''My courses''' and '''Calculus course'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: we have not yet added any content for the students in this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: General Course page → switch '''Edit Mode ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We are on the '''General course page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add details to this '''course''', at the top-right, switch '''Edit Mode ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New Section → click Actions menu → Edit Settings → Expand All. &lt;br /&gt;
| Then scroll to the first '''New Section'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Actions menu, Edit Settings''' and '''Expand All.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  Section name → type &amp;quot;Elementary Calculus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Section name''', type '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fill Course summary box &lt;br /&gt;
| Add a brief '''course summary''' and click '''Save Changes.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s a quick overview of the '''Teacher’s dashboard'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the Teacher’s Dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit profile and preferences&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add preliminary details to a course&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: &lt;br /&gt;
Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the name and summary for sections 2 to 4 in the Calculus course. &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the details provided in the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link.&lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment using the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching!  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-enrollment-and-communication-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Course-enrollment-and-communication-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-enrollment-and-communication-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-07T01:41:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Course Enrollment and Communication in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, enroll students, assign roles, send messages, add notes, notifications, Moodle communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:400px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:500px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Course Enrollment and Communication in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how the '''teacher''': &lt;br /&gt;
* Enrolls '''students''' into a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigns '''Student role''' to a '''registered user''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Sends a message to all '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Adds notes for '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to enroll '''students''' into their '''course''' and communicate with them in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have:&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Amina. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses, Calculus, Participants.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see one '''student Amina'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This student was enrolled earlier by the '''Site Administrator''' into the '''Calculus course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Nitya and Teacher role. Point to Site Administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Amina and Student role. &lt;br /&gt;
| Generally, in '''academic institutions''', the '''teachers''' inform the '''Site Administrator''' to add a list of '''students''' into their '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Site Administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
| Please note: '''Moodle Site Administrator''' is enrolled in every '''course''' by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click: Enroll users → Pop-up opens&lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s now enroll the other '''student''' '''Mahima''' into this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Enroll users''' at the bottom-right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select a user → Assign role as Student → Click Enroll users &lt;br /&gt;
| In the pop-up box, select the user '''Mahima''' from the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure the '''role''' is set to '''Student''' and click '''Enroll users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Confirm enrolled user appears in the list &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Mahima''' is now enrolled in the '''Calculus course''' and listed under '''Participants'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Likewise, the '''teacher''' can enroll all '''students''' into her '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s now learn to send a message to all '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click: Select users Amina and Mahima Uncheck Mahima&lt;br /&gt;
|Select the students '''Amina''' and '''Mahima''' by clicking the checkbox next to their names. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to message just one '''student''', then select that '''student''' only. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Check Select All checkbox → uncheck Teacher Nitya and Site Administrator checkboxes &lt;br /&gt;
| If the list of '''students''' is very long, you can check the '''Select All''' checkbox at the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then uncheck the '''Teacher''' and the Site '''Administrator'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| “With selected users...” dropdown → Select Send a message&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''With selected users…''' Select the option '''Send a message.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Message window opens &lt;br /&gt;
| A message window opens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type a message → Dear Students, We will have Prof.Kannan Moudgalya from IIT Bombay address the class on 22nd July 2025 at 11am in the Eklavya conference hall. Please make sure you are there to attend his talk. Thanks, Prof.Nitya Jeevan &lt;br /&gt;
| Type your message in the message box. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Send message &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Send message''' to notify the selected '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Amina and Mahima &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s add '''notes''' for students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure '''Amina''' and '''Mahima''' are selected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| “With selected users...” dropdown → Select Add a note &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''With selected users…''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the option '''Add a new note'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Context dropdown → course &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Context''' dropdown shows '''course''', by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type the following content: &lt;br /&gt;
Look at the crossword puzzle available on https://www.armoredpenguin.com/crossword/Data/best/math/calculus.01.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think you will find this interesting. &lt;br /&gt;
| Type the note and click '''Add a new note'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the '''settings configured''' by the '''Site Administrator''', the note could be visible to other '''managers''' and '''teachers''' in this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| And that’s how the '''teacher''' enrolls '''students''' manually in her '''course''' and communicates with them in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as mahima.singh &lt;br /&gt;
Password Mahima@123 &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s '''logout''' and '''login''' as '''student Mahima'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Dashboard → at the top right → bell icon → point to 4 &lt;br /&gt;
| On the '''Dashboard''', at the top right, look at the '''bell icon'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will show a number next to it.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are the '''notifications''' that '''Moodle''' has sent to '''Mahima'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the bell icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''bell''' icon to view the '''subject line''' of the '''notifications'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click View full notification &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''View full notification''' to read each full message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click each notification one by one &lt;br /&gt;
| While you are on this page, you can navigate through all the '''notifications''' one by one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Dashboard → at the top right → callout icon → point to 4 → point to Private &lt;br /&gt;
| On the '''Dashboard''', at the top right, look at the '''callout icon'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It says 1 next to it.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s because the '''teacher''' has sent a total of 1 message to '''Mahima'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the callout icon → sidebar expands &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''callout''' icon.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately the '''sidebar''' expands and we can view a few words of the message the '''teacher''' sent.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also the message is listed below '''Private'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click right arrow → click left arrow &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the right arrow to expand and read the whole message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click the left arrow to collapse the message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Important Information''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Unlike '''announcements''' or '''forum posts''',  notes are not visible publicly on the '''course page''' for '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It depends on the '''student’s access rights''' and the '''context''' at which the notes have been '''set'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''students''' get '''email notifications''' for each note sent by the '''teacher'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So that’s how '''students''' view '''notifications''' and '''messages''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we learnt how a '''teacher''' can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Enroll '''students''' into a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign '''Student''' role to a '''registered user''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Send a message to all '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Add notes for '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the '''“Advanced Algebra”''' course, add a personal note to '''student Amina''' - Please help the new student '''Mahima''' with your class notes to get her familiar with what has already been covered in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Keep the '''Context''' as '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-enrollment-and-communication-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Course-enrollment-and-communication-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-enrollment-and-communication-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-04T03:45:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Course Enrollment and Communication in Moodle  Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educati...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Course Enrollment and Communication in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, enroll students, assign roles, send messages, add notes, notifications, Moodle communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5''' - '''Course Enrollment and Communication in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how the '''teacher''': &lt;br /&gt;
* Enrolls '''students''' into a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigns '''Student role''' to a '''registered user''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Sends a message to all '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Adds notes for '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to enroll '''students''' into their '''course''' and communicate with them in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have:&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Amina. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses, Calculus, Participants.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see one '''student Amina'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This student was enrolled earlier by the '''Site Administrator''' into the '''Calculus course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Nitya and Teacher role. Point to Site Administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Amina and Student role. &lt;br /&gt;
| Generally, in '''academic institutions''', the '''teachers''' inform the '''Site Administrator''' to add a list of '''students''' into their '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Site Administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
| Please note: '''Moodle Site Administrator''' is enrolled in every '''course''' by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click: Enroll users → Pop-up opens&lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s now enroll the other '''student''' '''Mahima''' into this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Enroll users''' at the bottom-right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select a user → Assign role as Student → Click Enroll users | In the pop-up box, select the user '''Mahima''' from the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure the '''role''' is set to '''Student''' and click '''Enroll users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Confirm enrolled user appears in the list &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Mahima''' is now enrolled in the '''Calculus course''' and listed under '''Participants'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the '''teacher''' can enroll all '''students''' into her '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click: Select users Amina and Mahima Uncheck Mahima&lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s now learn to send a message to all '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the students '''Amina''' and '''Mahima''' by clicking the checkbox next to their names. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to message just one '''student''', then select that '''student''' only. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Check Select All checkbox → uncheck Teacher Nitya and Site Administrator checkboxes &lt;br /&gt;
| If the list of '''students''' is very long, you can check the '''Select All''' checkbox at the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then uncheck the '''Teacher''' and the Site '''Administrator'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| “With selected users...” dropdown → Select Send a message&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''With selected users…''' Select the option '''Send a message.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Message window opens &lt;br /&gt;
| A message window opens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type a message → Dear Students, We will have Prof.Kannan Moudgalya from IIT Bombay address the class on 22nd July 2025 at 11am in the Eklavya conference hall. Please make sure you are there to attend his talk. Thanks, Prof.Nitya Jeevan &lt;br /&gt;
| Type your message in the message box. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Send message &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Send message''' to notify the selected '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Amina and Mahima &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s add '''notes''' for students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure '''Amina''' and '''Mahima''' are selected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| “With selected users...” dropdown → Select Add a note &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''With selected users…''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the option '''Add a new note'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Context dropdown → course &lt;br /&gt;
| Context dropdown shows '''course''', by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type the following content: &lt;br /&gt;
Look at the crossword puzzle available on https://www.armoredpenguin.com/crossword/Data/best/math/calculus.01.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think you will find this interesting. &lt;br /&gt;
| Type the '''note''' and click '''Add a new note'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the '''settings configured''' by the '''Site Administrator''', the '''note''' could be visible to other '''managers''' and '''teachers''' in this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| And that’s how the '''teacher''' enrolls '''students''' manually in her '''course''' and communicates with them in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as mahima.singh &lt;br /&gt;
Password Mahima@123 &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s '''logout''' and '''login''' as '''student Mahima'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Dashboard → at the top right → bell icon → point to 4 &lt;br /&gt;
| On the '''Dashboard''', at the top right, look at the '''bell''' icon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It says 4 next to it.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s because '''Moodle''' sent a total of 4 '''notifications''' to '''Mahima'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the bell icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''bell''' icon to view the '''subject line''' of the '''notifications'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click View full notification &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''View full notification''' to read each full message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click each notification one by one &lt;br /&gt;
| While you are on this page, you can navigate through all the notifications one by one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Dashboard → at the top right → callout icon → point to 4 → point to Private &lt;br /&gt;
| On the '''Dashboard''', at the top right, look at the '''callout''' icon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It says 1 next to it.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s because the '''teacher''' has sent a total of 1 message to '''Mahima'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, the message is listed below '''Private'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the callout icon → sidebar expands &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''callout''' icon.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately the '''sidebar''' expands and we can view a few words of the message the '''teacher''' sent.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also the message is listed below '''Private'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click right arrow → click left arrow &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the right arrow to expand and read the whole message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click the left arrow to collapse the message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Important Information''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Unlike '''announcements''' or '''forum posts''', '''notes''' are not visible publicly on the '''course page''' for '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It depends on the '''student’s access rights''' and the '''context''' at which the '''notes''' have been '''set'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''students''' get '''email notifications''' for each '''note''' sent by the '''teacher'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So that’s how '''students''' view '''notifications''' and '''messages''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we learnt how a '''teacher''' can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Enroll '''students''' into a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign '''Student''' role to a '''registered user''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Send a message to all '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Add notes for '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the '''“Advanced Algebra”''' course, add a personal note to '''student Amina''' - Please help the new student '''Mahima''' with your class notes to get her familiar with what has already been covered in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Keep the '''Context''' as '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Service, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-02T04:11:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating a Quiz in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, quiz activity, quiz configuration, question bank, random questions, quiz preview, Moodle quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Creating a Quiz in Moodle.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''quiz''' in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use the '''question bank''' and create a '''quiz'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit a '''quiz'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to preview a '''quiz''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create a '''quiz''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Click on ‘Turn editing on’''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Ensure that '''editing''' is turned '''on''' at the top right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s understand what a '''quiz''' is.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A '''quiz''' allows the teacher to assess students through various types of questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A '''quiz''' provides automated grading and various feedback options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Basic Calculus → Click “Add an activity or resource” → Quiz → Expand all&lt;br /&gt;
| To create a '''quiz''', scroll to '''Basic Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add an activity or resource''' and select '''Quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Quiz for Basic Calculus&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configure Timing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open time: 1 July 10am&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close time: 1 July 5pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time limit: 10 mins&lt;br /&gt;
| Type the '''quiz name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Description''' is optional, and configure '''Timing settings.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Configure Grade to 8, Layout to Every 5 questions and Question behavior as shown in the screenshot &lt;br /&gt;
| Configure '''Grade''', '''Layout''' and '''Question behavior'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Next we’ll configure the '''Review options settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Show “Review options” section&lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Review options''', choose what the student can see after the attempt—such as feedback, correct answers, and scores. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Save and return to course” → Point to the quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
The '''quiz''' is now created! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Quiz for Basic Calculus”&lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Quiz for Basic Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add question&lt;br /&gt;
| To add a question from the '''Question Bank''', click '''Add question'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page, click '''Add''', and select '''from question bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Default for Math-101&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select Calc-Matching-004 and Calc-TF-002&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Default for Math-101''' is the default '''question category''' displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select both questions, and click '''Add selected questions to the quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the 2 questions'&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add → a random question&lt;br /&gt;
| The 2 questions are visible in the '''quiz''' now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add random questions, click '''Add''' and select '''a random question'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Apply filters&lt;br /&gt;
| On the next page, click '''Type or select''' dropdown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''MCQs with single answers''' and click '''Apply filters'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| MCQs with single answers → Number of questions - 2  &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Number of random questions''' choose '''2'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add random question'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Short answer questions - add 1 random question to the quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| Repeat the same steps for '''Short answer questions''' '''question category''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And add 1 random question. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the 5 questions in the quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| The quiz now contains a mix of random and specific questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each question carries 1 mark. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight this portion &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s look at the settings for '''Maximum grade''', '''Total of marks''' and '''Shuffle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Maximum grade → Change to 100 and press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Maximum grade''' is the highest possible score assigned to the '''quiz''' by the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change this number to '''100''' if you wish to have the score in '''percentage'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Total of marks → Change the marks for any 1 question to 2 and revert the change &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Total of marks''' is the sum of the marks of individual questions within that '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you change the marks of the individual questions, by editing like this, the total will also change. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Shuffle and check the box  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s enable the '''Shuffle''' option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will shuffle the order of the questions for each student in their individual '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Recall that the passing grade''' was set as 8 earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will go back and change it after this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click the Save button&lt;br /&gt;
| After '''configuring''' the '''quiz''', click the '''Save''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click Quiz in the menu&lt;br /&gt;
|Click the '''Quiz menu'''.  You can see all the '''quiz settings''' that you '''configured'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Recall that the '''passing grade''' was set as 8 earlier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Settings in the menu → Expand all → Grade to pass: 80 → Scroll down and click Save and return to course&lt;br /&gt;
| We will go back to the '''Settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And change '''Grade to pass''' to 80 or any grade of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the changes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click &amp;quot;Quiz for Basic Calculus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Quiz for Basic Calculus'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Quiz menu → Grade to pass: 80.00 out of 100.00 &lt;br /&gt;
| It now says '''Grade to pass: 80.00 out of 100.00''', which is what I '''set'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Preview quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| You can preview the '''quiz''' using '''Preview quiz''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Start Attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Read the standard instructions in the pop-up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click '''Start Attempt''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is exactly how the student will view the '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the countdown timer clock&lt;br /&gt;
| The countdown timer clock begins. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Answer the questions → click Finish Attempt&lt;br /&gt;
| Start answering the questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Finish Attempt''' at the bottom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Next page → click Submit all and finish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|On the next page, click '''Submit all and finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop-up  → click Submit all and finish&lt;br /&gt;
|In the pop-up also, click '''Submit all and finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll the attempt&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll and review your '''quiz attempt''' and grades. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s how you create a '''quiz''' in '''Moodle''' with the '''question bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And preview an attempt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt:&lt;br /&gt;
* What a quiz in Moodle is&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use the question bank and create a quiz with specific and random questions&lt;br /&gt;
* How to preview a quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, open the quiz settings and set the '''Overall feedback''' as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback for Grade boundary 100%: Excellent performance&lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback for Grade boundary 50%: You need to work harder&lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback for Grade boundary 30%: Please meet the teacher separately to discuss how to improve your performance &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-question-categories-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Creating-question-categories-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-question-categories-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-02T03:39:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating question categories in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, question categories, question management, question filtering, category deletion, question organization, Moodle questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Creating question categories in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What are '''question categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use '''question categories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create '''question categories''' within a '''Question bank''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus → More → Question bank &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on '''More''' and '''Question bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on ‘Turn editing on’  &lt;br /&gt;
| Ensure that '''editing''' is turned '''on''' at the top right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page (logged in as teacher)  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with understanding the '''Question categories'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We use '''question categories''' to better organize questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Questions dropdown → select Categories &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''Questions''' dropdown to reveal the options. &lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Categories.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Edit Category page → Default for Math-101 → 7  &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Edit Category''' page shows one category - '''Default for Math-101'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In brackets it shows '''7''' which indicates the total number of questions in this '''category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add category → Name: MCQs with single answers  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add category''', provide a name, and save. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the new question category  &lt;br /&gt;
| The new '''question category''' appears in the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Create Short answer questions, TF questions Point in the list  &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise, create 2 other '''question categories'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Categories dropdown → select Questions  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''Categories''' dropdown and select '''Questions.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select Calc-MCQ-001, Calc-MCQ-003, Calc-MCQ-006 &lt;br /&gt;
| In the list of questions, select the 3 MCQs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on With selected and Move to &lt;br /&gt;
| At the bottom of the list, click on '''With selected''' and '''Move to.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Open the dropdown → select MCQs with a single answer → Move to &lt;br /&gt;
| Open the dropdown, select '''MCQs with a single answer''' and click '''Move to.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point there (MCQs with a single answer) when recording  &lt;br /&gt;
| We see the 3 MCQs in the filtered list of '''MCQs with a single answer question category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Type or select dropdown → select Default for Math-101 → click Apply filters  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Type or select''' dropdown, select '''Default for Math-101''' and click '''Apply filters'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Notice there are 4 questions now, instead of 7. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select Calc-ShortAnswer-005 and Calc-ShortAnswer-007 and move to Short answer questions No recording for this  &lt;br /&gt;
| Repeat the same steps to move corresponding questions to '''Short answer question category.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Type or select dropdown → select Top for Calculus → check Also show questions from subcategories → click Apply filters Point to the list  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Type or select''' dropdown, select '''Top for Calculus'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check '''Also show questions from subcategories''' and click '''Apply filters'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now all questions from all the '''subcategories''' are visible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Question categories''' will help in choosing random questions when creating a '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Create a new question → MCQ is default selection → click on Add → click Category dropdown → scroll down → click Cancel&lt;br /&gt;
| After adding '''question categories''', when we click on '''Create a new question''', we get the option to select the '''category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But for now, scroll down and click '''Cancel.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Questions dropdown → select Categories → TF questions → Delete&lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''Questions''' dropdown and select '''Categories.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To delete a '''question category''', click the '''Actions menu''' and '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the warning message and click '''Delete.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s the quick explanation of '''question categories''' in the '''Question bank''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt:&lt;br /&gt;
* What question categories are&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use question categories to better organise the Question bank &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, add a new question category named '''“Numerical Questions”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Service, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Question-bank-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Question-bank-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Question-bank-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-02T03:20:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating a Question Bank in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Question Bank, question types, question editing, question preview, question management, Moodle questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5''' - '''Creating a Question Bank in Moodle.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''Question Bank'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of questions in '''Moodle''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add questions to a '''Question Bank''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create a '''Question Bank''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide - What is a Question Bank''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin by understanding what a '''Question Bank''' is.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a collection of questions stored in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be used and reused in '''quizzes''' across different '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Turn editing on&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page → click More and then click “Question bank” menu &lt;br /&gt;
| Using a '''Question Bank''' saves time and helps maintain consistency in assessments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight the “Question bank” section under Course settings&lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s explore the '''types of questions''' that can be added to a '''Moodle''' '''Question Bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Create a new question” button &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Create a new question.''' '''Moodle''' supports several question types. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s look at them briefly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Show list of question types &lt;br /&gt;
| The main types are: '''Multiple choice''', '''True/False''', '''Matching''', '''Short answer''', '''Numerical''' and '''Essay'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on each type briefly &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Multiple choice''' allows one or more correct answers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''True/False''' is for simple factual questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Matching''' lets learners pair items from two lists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Show form for each question type &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Short answer''' is for precise responses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Numerical''' is used for questions requiring numeric values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Essay''' allows long, descriptive answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select “Multiple choice” → click Add → click Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s add a '''Multiple choice''' question to the '''Question Bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Category dropdown → Default for Math-101&lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Category''' we can see only one option - '''Default for Math-101'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will learn to create '''question categories''' later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Question name: Calc-MCQ-001''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Question text:''' Steps are given to determine the centre of curvature at a given point on a conic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arrange the steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;i&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Let P be the given point on the conic and F is the focus.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Join P with F.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Draw a line NR perpendicular to PN and cutting PF or PF-extended at R. &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Draw a line RO perpendicular to PR and cutting PN-extended at O which is centre of curvature.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Fill in the '''question name''' and '''question text'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point per narration &lt;br /&gt;
| Question status is '''Ready''' and the '''Default mark''' is 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to General feedback''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Next option is '''General feedback'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text here is shown to the '''student''' after he/she has submitted the '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type “The centre O of the circle of curvature lies on the normal to the curve at P. This centre is called center of curvature at P. So for that we first found normal and accordingly the curve we found center of curvature.” &lt;br /&gt;
| We can use this text area to show the detailed solution of the question, also. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;One or multiple answers?&amp;quot; → One answer only → Multiple answers allowed → Select Only one answer''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Next comes '''One or multiple answers'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here '''One answer only''' is selected, by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your question has more than one answer, select '''Multiple answers allowed'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settings will have to be configured accordingly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Check Shuffle the choices checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Check '''Shuffle the choices''' checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Number the choices?&amp;quot; → i, ii, iii &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Number the choices''', choose any one number type. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Answers → Choice 1: i, iv, ii, iii Grade: 100% Feedback: Correct!&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Now we come to the '''Answers''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we have to give 4 choices for the '''MCQ''', of which one will be the right answer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The choice with the right answer will have '''Grade''' as 100% for '''single answer MCQ'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can vary this % for '''multiple correct answers MCQ'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just ensure that the total % for that question adds up to 100%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Choice 2: iv, i, iii, ii Grade: None Feedback: Incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice 3: iv, i, ii, iii Grade: None Feedback: Incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice 4: i, iii, ii, iv Grade: None Feedback: Incorrect &lt;br /&gt;
| Fill in the other choices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Blanks for 3 more choices &lt;br /&gt;
| If any question has more choices, you can add those by clicking '''Blanks for 3 more choices'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Scroll to Multiple Tries''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Multiple Tries''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Point to Penalty for each incorrect try → 33.33% Change to 0%''' &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Penalty for each incorrect try''' shows '''33.33%''' by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This option controls the penalty for each incorrect try. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But you can set it to zero so that there is no deduction of marks for incorrect tries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the question &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the question we created! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|In the Actions column, → click Edit dropdown → select Preview &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Actions''' column, click '''Edit''' dropdown and select '''Preview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the question will appear in the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click i, iii, ii, iv → Submit and Finish Point to the word Incorrect next to the choice. Then point to the pink box where the detailed feedback is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
| Select this choice and click '''Submit and Finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The detailed feedback is displayed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Start again → Select i, iv, ii, iii Point to the feedback &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Start again'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the correct answer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Submit and Finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Read the '''feedback''' now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Close preview &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Close preview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| In the Actions column, → click Edit dropdown → point to Edit, Delete, Duplicate''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Actions''' column, click '''Edit''' dropdown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are options to '''Edit''' the question, or '''Delete''' it, or '''Duplicate'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use these when required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| That’s how you add questions to a '''Question bank''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a Question Bank is&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of questions in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add questions to a Question Bank&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings to add a question &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, follow the instructions provided in '''Assignment.txt''' to create a variety of questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file should be provided in '''Code files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Service, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Forum-for-a-Moodle-Course/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Forum-for-a-Moodle-Course/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Forum-for-a-Moodle-Course/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-02T02:56:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Forum for a Moodle Course &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, course management, teacher profile, content organization, forum creation, discussion forums, Moodle activities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Forum for a Moodle Course'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''Forum''' is&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of '''Forums''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* How to create and configure a '''Forum''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create a '''discussion forum''' for a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
|Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5''', and '''Firefox'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the user icon&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Moodle Course Page&lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now learn how to create a '''discussion forum''' for '''students''' of a '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Let us first understand what a '''Forum''' is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide''' &lt;br /&gt;
|A '''Forum''' in '''Moodle''' is an activity that allows the '''teachers''' and the '''students''' to have asynchronous '''discussions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It helps '''students''' and '''teachers''' to communicate, ask questions, and share ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on My courses → Calculus&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click on &amp;quot;Turn editing on&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Basic Calculus → Add an activity or resource → Forum → Expand all&lt;br /&gt;
| Below '''Basic Calculus,''' click '''Add an activity or resource''' and '''Forum'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| To add a '''forum''', we only need to add a name and the discussion topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And we are good to go! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are many settings available which we will explore now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Forum Name: Introduce ourselves!&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Let’s say hello to everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Forum Name''' type '''“Introduce ourselves!”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''Description,''' type '''“Let’s say hello to everyone.”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Check Display description on course page&lt;br /&gt;
| Check '''Display description on course page''' checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click Forum Types&lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Forum Types''' to view all the options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default is the '''Standard forum for general use'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A single simple discussion''' is where the '''teacher''' starts a topic and the '''students''' can respond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click the question mark icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''question mark''' icon to know more about the different '''types''' of '''forums'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Show settings – Availability and Attachments and word count&lt;br /&gt;
| Configure '''Availability''' and '''Attachments and word count''' settings as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription settings → select Forced subscription &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Subscription''' settings, it is advisable to select '''Forced subscription'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Show Ratings section → select Count of ratings &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Ratings''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable ratings to assess student participation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Enable &amp;quot;Send content change notification&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Enable '''Send content change notification'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This notifies all the participants that the '''forum''' activity has been updated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;Save and display the forum&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new '''forum post''' is now added to the '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click Reply → &amp;quot;I am your teacher for the Calculus course. To know more about me, read my profile info&amp;quot; → click Post to forum &lt;br /&gt;
| To continue the discussion, click '''Reply'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type your response and click '''Post to forum'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Forum discussion posted''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Your post appears under the '''forum''' with the date-time stamp. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other participants can now '''reply''' and '''rate'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a forum is&lt;br /&gt;
* Explored different types of forums&lt;br /&gt;
* Saw how to create and use forums in a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, create a new forum in the '''Calculus''' course and post the following message: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Refer to this link, where they have also listed the evolutes of some common curves: http://mathworld.wolfram.com/Evolute.html” &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Service, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-01T20:07:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Create Assignments for Students&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment setup, course organization, activity configuration, access restrictions, grading options, Moodle assignments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Create Assignments for Students''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create an '''assignment''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Set submission types, due dates and restrictions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create '''assignments''' for students in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Course Page &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now learn how to create an '''assignment''' for students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Advanced Algebra'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on ‘Turn editing on’ &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Add an activity or resource” under &amp;quot;Polynomial and Rational Functions&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Polynomial and Rational Functions''' section, click '''Add an activity or resource'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Activity chooser appears → Select Assignment → Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| From the '''Activity''' chooser, click on '''Assignment''', and then click the '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New Assignment page &lt;br /&gt;
| We are in the '''New Assignment''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: &amp;quot;Assignment 1 – Evolutes and Involutes&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Type a name for the assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description: &lt;br /&gt;
# Determine the evolute of the circle: x 2 \+y 2 \=R2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Determine the evolute of the cycloid: x=t−sint, y=1−cost. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prove that the curve given by the equations: x \= R(cost+tsint), y \= R(sint−tcost) is the involute of the circle of radius R centered at the origin. &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Description''' box, type the assignment text for the students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Activity instructions: &lt;br /&gt;
Attempt any 2. Each assignment is for 10 marks. &lt;br /&gt;
Your score will be included under Internal Assessments for this semester. &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Activity instructions''', type instructions and helpful guidelines. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Availability Allow submissions from: 15 July 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
Due date: 30 July 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
Cut-off date: leave blank &lt;br /&gt;
Remind me to grade by: 15 Aug 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Availability''', set the '''Allow submissions from''' and '''Due date'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also set dates for '''Cut-off date''' and '''Remind me to grade by'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Check &amp;quot;Always show description&amp;quot; checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Check the checkbox for '''Always show description.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Submission types → check both boxes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Submission types'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Choose between '''Online text''', '''File submissions''', or both. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let everything else remain as is. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Feedback types &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Feedback types''', enable options for '''Feedback comments''' and '''Annotate PDF'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Require students to click the submit → Yes &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose '''Yes''' for '''Require students to click the submit button.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Notify graders about submissions → Yes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Notifications''' and choose '''Yes''' for '''Notify graders about submissions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Grade Type to show the options.  &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Grade Type''' can be in '''Points''' or '''Scale'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Choose as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Retain Points Grade to pass → 40 &lt;br /&gt;
|Type the passing criteria in '''Grade to pass.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Anonymous submissions → select Yes &lt;br /&gt;
|In '''Anonymous submissions''', select '''Yes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
This helps teachers to be unbiased and grade the students anonymously. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common Module Settings&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Common Module Settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Availability → Show on course page &lt;br /&gt;
|Ensure that '''Availability''' is '''Show on course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Restrict access&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Restrict access'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Add restriction → Activity completion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Choose dropdown → select Previous activity with completion &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add restriction''' and '''Activity completion.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Choose''' dropdown. It displays many options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We’ll select '''Previous activity with completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Completion conditions → select &amp;quot;Students must manually mark the activity as done&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Completion conditions''', select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Save and return to course” &lt;br /&gt;
| After entering all settings, scroll down and click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page showing the assignment link &lt;br /&gt;
| The assignment is now created and visible on the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Move it below “Yet Another Calculus Text”. &lt;br /&gt;
| Move it below '''Yet Another Calculus Text'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So that’s how you create an '''assignment''' for students in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we have learnt how to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an assignment in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* Set submission types, and deadlines&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create an assignment with &amp;quot;Name: Assignment 2 - Evolutes and Involutes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &amp;quot;Description&amp;quot;, copy-paste the text given in Assignment.txt file in the Code Files link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the other steps given therein also.&lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Slide: Acknowledgement&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay'''. Thank you for watching!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-01T19:09:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Uploading and Editing Resources &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, add Moodle resources, resource management, configure resource settings, access restrictions, resource organization, course layout customization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Uploading and Editing Resources in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload '''Book''', '''File''', and '''URL''' resources &lt;br /&gt;
* Edit and organize resources in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to upload and edit their '''course materials''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll down to My Courses → click on Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''', scroll down to '''My Courses''' and click on '''Advanced Algebra course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Course Page &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s begin by adding a '''Book''' resource to this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Turn editing on” &lt;br /&gt;
| Turn '''editing on''' at the top-right corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Add an activity or resource” → select Book &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add an activity or resource''', select '''Book''', and click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Book settings page Name: Yet Another Calculus Text &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: A short introduction to evolutes and involutes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Display description on course page checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Description''' of the book.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally, display the description on the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and return to course  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and return to course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Yet Another Calculus Text&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Yet Another Calculus Text''' which appears as a '''hyperlink'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Import Chapter&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Import Chapter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Import from Microsoft Word&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Import from Microsoft Word.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Choose a file → click Browse. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Choose a file''', then click '''Browse'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select the book you saved on your machine earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Book-IteratingEvolutesAndInvolutes.docx&amp;quot; ''(upload from the Code files link)''&lt;br /&gt;
| Navigate to the folder where the doc file you want to upload is and select it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Author field &lt;br /&gt;
| The uploader’s name will appear in '''Author'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose CCBYSA 4.0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Upload this file &lt;br /&gt;
| This doc is available under the '''CC BY SA license'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So choose that in '''Choose License''' field. Then click on '''Upload this file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Import → click Continue. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Import'''.  Then click '''Continue'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the text Click on the pencil icon next to index.htm  →  change the name to '''Yet Another Calculus Text'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the pencil icon next to index.htm → change the entire text to sentence-case  →  change the alignment to the left for the entire text  →  click on Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
| The chapter is uploaded but requires some renaming and formatting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right, click on the pencil icon next to '''index.htm.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the needful alignment and formatting and click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| It looks better now! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''course short name''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add a '''URL''' resource.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Add an activity or resource” → Select URL Name: Single Variable Calculus External link: https://youtu.be/ryLdyDrBfvI?feature=shared&lt;br /&gt;
| Select '''URL'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the '''Name''' and copy-paste the '''external link'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Description: Single Variable Calculus is a short video that introduces the basics of Limits, continuity, Trigonometric limits —how it works and its importance. &lt;br /&gt;
|Then add the appropriate description.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Restriction access. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click Add restriction and Activity completion. &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Restrict access'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add restriction''' and '''Activity completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|In the Activity Completion dropdown, choose Previous activity with completion. &lt;br /&gt;
|In the '''Activity Completion''' dropdown, choose '''Previous activity with completion.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Completion Conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select &amp;quot;Students must manually mark the activity as done&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Completion Conditions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Enable checkbox → 5 July&lt;br /&gt;
|Select the '''Enable checkbox''' and choose '''5 July''' as the date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and return to course &lt;br /&gt;
| Then click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the URL on the course page&lt;br /&gt;
| View how the '''URL''' appears on the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Hover over the URL resource till a handle appears → move it &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now move this '''URL resource''' below the 3 pages of '''Polynomial and Rational Functions'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select Actions menu → click Move right &lt;br /&gt;
| Select the '''Actions menu''' and click the '''Move right''' option to indent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Hide” or “Show” &lt;br /&gt;
| You can also '''Hide''' a resource from students or '''Show''' it again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Delete all the New sections below &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s delete all the '''New sections''' below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| View the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload and edit '''Book''', '''File''', and '''URL''' resources &lt;br /&gt;
* Modify, rearrange and manage various resources in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Move &amp;quot;Yet Another Calculus Text&amp;quot; and place it below &amp;quot;Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* Then indent it  &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-01T18:17:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Course Settings in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, configure Moodle course, course settings, organize course structure, manage course visibility, Moodle course appearance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Course Settings in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How the '''teacher''' can '''configure Course Settings''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add content for '''students'''  &lt;br /&gt;
* How to view the '''course''' as a '''student''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to '''configure''' their assigned '''courses''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as teacher&lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Dashboard (Teacher view) &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s begin by '''configuring''' the '''course settings''' for the '''course Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Home → Calculus → point to '''Edit Mode''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Home'''.  Click on '''Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure '''Edit Mode''' is '''ON.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Settings → Click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''course menu''', click on '''Settings''' and then on '''Expand All'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Full name and Short name &lt;br /&gt;
| Below '''General''', you can edit the '''Full name''' and '''Short name''' of the '''course''' if you want to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Course visibility → Select Show &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Course visibility''' dropdown to '''Show''' or '''Hide''' the course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Course start date '''15 June''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Set the '''Start date''' as '''15 June''' using the '''calendar''' picker. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Description → Course Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type below the existing text: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The objective of this course is to familiarize the prospective engineers with techniques in calculus, multivariate analysis and linear algebra. It aims to equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced level that will serve them well towards tackling more advanced level of mathematics and applications that they would find useful in their disciplines.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students will learn:      &lt;br /&gt;
1. To apply differential and integral calculus to notions of curvature and to improper integrals. Apart from some other applications they will have a basic understanding of Beta and Gamma functions.      &lt;br /&gt;
2. The fallouts of Rolle's Theorem that is fundamental to application of analysis to Engineering problems.      &lt;br /&gt;
3. The tool of power series and Fourier series for learning advanced Engineering Mathematics.      &lt;br /&gt;
4. To deal with functions of several variables that are essential in most branches of engineering.     &lt;br /&gt;
5. The essential tool of matrices and linear algebra in a comprehensive manner.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Description''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Summary''' box, let’s add some more introduction text about this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pause the video and type the following text or any text of your own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and point to Course Format settings section &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s look at '''Course format settings.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Field: Format dropdown → Weekly &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose between '''Weekly''', '''Single Activity''' or '''Social''' format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Field: Course layout → All sections on one page &lt;br /&gt;
| Decide if you want all topics on one page or one per page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Appearance &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Appearance''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields: Show gradebook, Show activity reports &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose to '''Hide''' or '''Show the Gradebook''' and '''Activity reports''' to students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Files and uploads → Maximum upload size &lt;br /&gt;
| Set the '''Maximum upload size''' for student submissions to a reasonable size.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''20Mb''' is good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and Return &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll to Calculus  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''' and scroll to '''Calculus course''' to view what we have added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to Course Page of Calculus course → Click “Add an activity or resource” &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add some '''course materials''' to the '''Calculus course'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below '''Elementary Calculus''', click '''Add an activity or resource'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose “Page” → click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| Select '''Page''' from the list and click '''Expand All'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Name''' field, type a suitable page title as shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description: Limits, Derivatives, and Integrals &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Description''' box, type a brief description. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Page Content: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The basic calculus course covers fundamental topics such as limits and continuity, the definition and applications of derivatives, and the fundamentals of integration, including the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. It emphasizes techniques for analyzing the behavior of functions, optimization problems, and the calculation of areas under curves, providing essential mathematical tools for advanced analysis.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Provide some more details about the '''course''' in the '''Page Content''' box.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and display &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Elementary Calculus in the breadcrumbs → point to Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''breadcrumbs''', click '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice a new page here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what you added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add an activity or resource → File. &lt;br /&gt;
| To upload a file, click '''Add an activity or resource''' and '''File'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Reading material for Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Mandatory Reading Adding Materials → Upload a Word file → choose this file after downloading it on your machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Course settings - File upload.pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Type a suitable name and brief description as shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then choose the file from your machine that you want to upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click '''Save and display'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Elementary Calculus in the breadcrumbs → point to Reading material for Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''breadcrumbs''', click '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice a new file here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what you added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs → scroll → check Elementary Calculus  &lt;br /&gt;
| Now click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and check '''Elementary Calculus course''' to view all the additions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Announcements → Add Discussion Topic → &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subject: All Students Message: “Please check the announcements regularly” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
→ Click Post to Forum&lt;br /&gt;
| To post an announcement, click '''Announcements.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add Discussion Topic.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type '''Subject''' line and '''Message.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click '''Post to Forum.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Top-right menu → Switch role to....&lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s preview the '''course''' as a '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose student &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''user icon''', click '''Switch role to...''' and select '''student.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Announcement appears in student view → click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| You can now view how '''students''' view the '''announcements.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And here is the '''course''' content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back  &lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back by clicking on '''Return to my normal role.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| This is how we do the '''basic configurations''' of a '''course''' as a '''teacher'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How the teacher can configure settings of a course &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add content &lt;br /&gt;
* How to post an announcement &lt;br /&gt;
* How to view the course as a student &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment,  &lt;br /&gt;
* Configure the course named Advanced Algebra using all the settings we explored (This course should already be assigned to teacher Nitya by the Site Administrator) &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the details provided in the Assignment.txt file provided in the Code Files link &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment using the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Install-plugins/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Install-plugins/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Install-plugins/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-01T18:00:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Install Plugins in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Moodle plugins overview, install plugins, configure plugin settings, moodle.org plugins, plugin management, Moodle plugin setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title- Moodle 4.5 - Install Plugins in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Install Plugins in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''plugin''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Steps to install '''plugins''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Moodle administrators''' who want to enhance '''Moodle functionality'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: What is a plugin? &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin by understanding what a '''plugin''' is. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A '''plugin''' is an '''add-on''' that provides additional features in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview Screen: Plugins overview page &lt;br /&gt;
| Go to '''Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows already installed '''plugins''' and their '''settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Scroll to File Submissions, Advanced Grading methods &lt;br /&gt;
| For example: '''Plugins''' like '''File Submissions''' and '''Advanced Grading methods''' can be '''configured'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Assignment Submission plugins.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s learn to '''configure''' the settings of '''Assignment Submission plugins.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on File submissions plugin &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Settings &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''File submissions Settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Change Maximum files per submission &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 5. &lt;br /&gt;
| Change '''Maximum files per submission''' to '''5'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Default accepted file types &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Choose &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;Document files&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;Image files&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click Expand &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select &amp;quot;jpeg, jpg, png&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Default accepted file types,''' click on the '''Choose''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the checkbox next to '''Document files.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the checkbox next to '''Image files.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Expand''' and here select '''jpeg, jpg''' and '''png.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save Changes'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now see our selections in  '''Default accepted file types''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click on '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle.org plugins &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, we’ll learn to install a new '''plugin'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, go to (https://moodle.org/plugins/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Search “'''HP5'''” &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select '''Moodle 4.5''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Search box''' type '''HP5.''' &lt;br /&gt;
And in '''Moodle version''' box, select '''Moodle 4.5''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to '''Microsoft Word File Import/Export (Question Format) &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Click on it. &lt;br /&gt;
| The search result shows '''Microsoft Word File Import/Export (Question Format).'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on it.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|This '''plugin''' allows '''quiz questions''' to be '''imported''' from a '''Word file''' into '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''plugin''' also '''imports tables, images''', and '''equations''' from the '''Word file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Download''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Verify that you are human''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on '''3.9.7 version''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Download.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If prompted '''Verify that you are human''', then click on the latest '''version'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Note the name and location of the '''zip file''' that is downloaded on your machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to your '''Moodle interface'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click on '''Plugins''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Install Plugins'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; come to '''Plugin Installer''' page &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Choose a file''' and follow the steps. &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, come back to your '''Moodle interface'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Install plugins.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We come to the '''Plugin Installer''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Choose a file''' and follow the prompts for selection of this '''plugin'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Install plugin from the ZIP file &lt;br /&gt;
| Then click on '''Install plugin from the ZIP file.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Follow all the prompts to complete the installation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview &amp;gt;&amp;gt; search Microsoft&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, search for '''Microsoft'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see this '''plugin''' is now '''installed''' and listed as '''Additional'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to [https://moodle.org/plugins/](https://moodle.org/plugins/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search “Completion Progress” &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select '''Moodle 4.5''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the search results click on '''Completion Progress''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Download''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back to your '''Moodle interface'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click on '''Plugins''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Install Plugins'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; come to '''Plugin Installer''' page &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click '''Choose a file''' and select this zip file &amp;gt;&amp;gt; follow the steps to install. &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise, install the '''Completion Progress plugin''' by following the on-screen instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a useful '''plugin''' for '''teachers''' to visually see the progress of the '''students''' in a '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; On this page, search for '''Completion Progress''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Additional''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Plugins overview''', search for '''Completion Progress'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''plugin''' is now '''installed''' and listed as '''Additional'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|So, this is how '''plugins''' are '''installed''' in '''Moodle'''!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What plugins are &lt;br /&gt;
* How to install plugins from &amp;quot;moodle.org&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment &lt;br /&gt;
* Install &amp;quot;Quiz Analytics&amp;quot; plugin in your Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Assigning-User-Roles-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Assigning-User-Roles-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Assigning-User-Roles-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-01T17:52:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Assigning User Roles in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, user management, user roles, course enrollment, site-level roles, user filtering, course management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title- Moodle 4.5 - Assigning User Roles in Moodle  &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Assigning User Roles in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to '''assign''' different '''roles''' to '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign a '''teacher''' to a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to '''enrol''' a '''student''' in a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Site administrators''' who manage '''users''' and their '''roles'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have:  &lt;br /&gt;
*  Moodle 4.5 installed and &lt;br /&gt;
*  Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Users &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Browse list of users. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Site administration''', '''Users''',  '''Browse list of users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Filters &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Reset all. &lt;br /&gt;
| To remove any filters set earlier, click on '''Filters''' and '''Reset all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Confirm upload results &lt;br /&gt;
| We can see a list of all '''users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can verify that '''Nitya, Joy''' and '''Mahima''' are added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the previous assignment, you would have also added '''Amina'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Home and Participants  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Enrolled Users list &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Home''' and '''Participants'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A list of all '''Enrolled Users''' on this '''Moodle website''' is displayed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not yet '''enrolled''' in any '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Roles column, move cursor up and down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to pencil icon &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click that icon for Joy David &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''role''' column says “'''No roles'''” and there is a '''pencil icon''' next to it.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click that '''icon''' for '''Joy David'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dropdown popup appears &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Teacher &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on the Save icon above. &lt;br /&gt;
| A dropdown pop-up appears with 4 '''roles'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Teacher'''.  Then click on the '''Save icon''' above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Repeat the same actions for Nitya, Mahima and Amina &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise assign '''roles''' to '''Nitya''' as '''teacher''', and '''Mahima''' and '''Amina''' as '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| After '''teacher''' and '''student roles''' are '''assigned''', we can '''enroll''' them into specific '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Home &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Scroll down. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Home'''.  Scroll down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Calculus course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Participants &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Enroll users. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Calculus course''' and then on '''Participants'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down and click on '''Enroll users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| In the pop-up &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on Select Users &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Nitya.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Assign Role &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Teacher &lt;br /&gt;
| In the pop-up, click on '''Select Users''' dropdown and select '''Nitya'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''Assign Role,''' select '''Teacher''' and '''enroll'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Follow same steps for Amina &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise, add '''Amina''' as a '''Student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: A to Z filters for First name and Last name &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice the '''A to Z filters''' for '''First name''' and '''Last name'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are useful to narrow down the '''search''' when the '''user list''' is very long. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on N in First name and J in Last name &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to Nitya Jeevan &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''N''' in '''First name''' and '''J''' in '''Last name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search results now only display '''Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on All in First name and All in Last name  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''All''' in '''First name''' and '''All''' in '''Last name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, this is how you assign '''roles''' to '''users''' on a '''Moodle website''' and add them to a specific '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign roles like Teacher or Student &lt;br /&gt;
* Manage user roles within a course &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Change Joy David’s role from Teacher to Student. &lt;br /&gt;
* Review the user list to confirm. &lt;br /&gt;
* Change her role back to Teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out these assignments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment 2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the Linear Algebra and Multivariable Calculus courses &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Joy David as teacher  &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Mahima Singh and Amina Hasan as students  &lt;br /&gt;
|        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the Advanced Algebra course &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Nitya Jeevan as teacher  &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Mahima Singh and Amina Hasan as students  &lt;br /&gt;
|        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Adding-Users-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Adding-Users-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Adding-Users-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-01T17:32:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Adding Users in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, create users, user management, bulk user upload, edit user profiles, password policies, user verification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title- Moodle 4.5 - Adding Users in Moodle  &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Adding Users in Moodle. '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add and edit a user&lt;br /&gt;
* How to upload users in bulk &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Site administrators''' who manage '''users''' in different '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Users &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Add a new user &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with adding a new '''user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Site administration, Users''', and '''Add a new user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Expand All''' option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type nitya.jeevan &lt;br /&gt;
| First type your '''username'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Authentication Method &amp;gt;&amp;gt;  Manual accounts  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the dropdown to open it &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Authentication Method''' shows '''Manual accounts''' because we are adding this '''user''' manually. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the dropdown to view the other options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Generate password and notify user &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice '''Generate password and notify user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If checked, a '''system-generated password''' will be '''emailed''' to this '''user''' along with a notification. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New password &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Sample@123 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the eye icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Type in a new '''password''' for this new '''user'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow standard '''password''' rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the eye '''icon''' to read the typed '''password'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select '''Force password change''' box &lt;br /&gt;
| Selecting '''Force password change''' box is recommended.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It forces the '''user''' to change their '''password''' when he/she first '''logs in'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Add new user form &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First name: Nitya,  Last name: Jeevan,  Email: nitya@example.com. &lt;br /&gt;
| Fill in the '''mandatory fields''' like '''First name, Last name''', and '''Email id'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle-specific settings &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and show other Moodle-specific fields: &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Authentication method''' &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Suspended user''' &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email display options'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| Please avoid entering unnecessary personal information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;Create user&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|After filling in the required fields, click '''Create user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Nitya &lt;br /&gt;
| The new '''user Nitya''' is seen in the '''user list'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Filters &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Contains &amp;gt;&amp;gt; type Nitya in First name field &amp;gt;&amp;gt; close Filters&lt;br /&gt;
| To edit a '''user''', we will use the '''filter options''' to search for '''Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Edit user profile &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Add city and country &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on Update profile.&lt;br /&gt;
| Next to her name, click the '''Actions menu''' and then on '''Edit.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add or update any detail and click on '''Update profile.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s learn to '''upload users''' in '''bulk'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: CSV file with column-names &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Username, Password, First name, Last name, Email,&amp;quot;          &amp;quot;Role1&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
joy.david, Joy@123,  Joy,        David,     joy@example.com, teacher &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mahima.singh, Mahima@123, Mahima, Singh, mahima@example.com, student &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Create a '''CSV file''' with column-names '''&amp;quot;Username, Password, First name, Last name, Email,&amp;quot;''' and '''&amp;quot;Role1&amp;quot;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Upload users page &lt;br /&gt;
| From the '''Users''' section, go to '''Upload users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''CSV file''' and upload it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Confirm upload results &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Moodle''' will show a preview list of new '''users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can verify that''' Joy David''' and '''Mahima Singh''' are added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on &amp;quot;Upload users&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click on '''Upload users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight on the screen&lt;br /&gt;
| It says here - '''Invalid password policy.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which means, we have to give a better '''password'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|username &amp;gt;&amp;gt; joy.david &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''username,''' click on '''joy.david'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Edit profile &amp;gt;&amp;gt; change the '''password''' to '''David@123''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| Then click '''Edit profile.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the '''password''' to '''David@123''' and '''Update profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Users''' in the breadcrumbs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Nitya, Joy, Mahima &lt;br /&gt;
| Now we can see all the '''users''' we added manually and via bulk upload. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s how we add '''users''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add and edit '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Bulk upload of '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new user &amp;quot;Amina Hasan&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
* Review the '''user list''' to confirm. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Courses-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Courses-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Courses-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-01T17:24:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Courses in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, create courses, course management, edit course settings, duplicate courses, course visibility, course list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title: Moodle 4.5 - Courses in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Courses in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to create a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to perform various actions on '''courses''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Moodle Administrators''' who manage '''courses''' on '''Moodle''' installations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site Administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Manage courses and categories &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with creating a '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most institutions organize '''courses''' by campus or department. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Create new course Course name: type Calculus. &lt;br /&gt;
| On the right side, click on '''Create new course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Course name''' field, type '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Short name: Math-101 &lt;br /&gt;
| You can add the '''Course short name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Change the Course category to 1st year Maths. &lt;br /&gt;
| Change the '''Course category''' to '''1st year Maths.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Course Start date &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 15 June 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uncheck &amp;quot;Course end date&amp;quot; box &lt;br /&gt;
| Then define the '''Course start date'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uncheck the box to disable '''Course end date.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course summary &amp;gt;&amp;gt;  type: &amp;quot;Topics covered in this Calculus course are: Limits, Graph of a function, Factorial.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Course Summary''' box, type a description for the '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Save and return &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click '''Save and return'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course list page &lt;br /&gt;
| The newly created '''Calculus course''' appears in the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Edit options for Calculus course &lt;br /&gt;
| To '''edit''', click the '''pencil icon''' next to the '''course''' name '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
You can update '''course settings''' here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Scroll to the course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Highlight Course summary  &lt;br /&gt;
| Please note: The '''course summary''' is also shown along with the '''course list''' on the '''Home page.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to My courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Manage courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Hide a course &lt;br /&gt;
| To hide a '''course''', click the eye '''icon''' '''Hide'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes the '''course''' invisible to students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Unhide the course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Show&lt;br /&gt;
| To '''unhide''', click the eye '''icon''' '''Show'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Copy course  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Copy course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select settings &amp;gt;&amp;gt; add content &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Copy and return&lt;br /&gt;
| To make a copy of the '''course''', click '''Copy course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This opens a pop-up box to copy the '''course.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add content, select the settings, and click on '''Copy and return'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Please note: The copied '''course''' may take a few minutes to appear on the '''Moodle interface.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Reorder courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Move Duplicate course above Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''move icon''' to change the order of the '''courses''' within the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Duplicate course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to Delete icon and click &lt;br /&gt;
| To delete a '''course''', click the '''Delete''' icon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⚠️ Deleting a '''course''' will remove all its materials, '''question banks, quizzes, users''', and '''submissions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s the quick demo of adding and managing a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course &lt;br /&gt;
* Edit, hide, unhide, duplicate, reorder, and delete a course &lt;br /&gt;
* Add summaries and organize courses properly &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Assignment 1&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new course: &amp;quot;Linear Algebra&amp;quot; under the &amp;quot;1st year Maths&amp;quot; subcategory. &lt;br /&gt;
* Add this Summary: &amp;quot;Linear equations, Matrices, and Vectors&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
* Hide this course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Assignment 2&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add two new courses under &amp;quot;2nd Year Maths&amp;quot; subcategory: &amp;quot;Multivariable Calculus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Advanced Algebra&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the start date of both to &amp;quot;15th June&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
| Now it's your turn to do this assignment.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay. ''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Categories-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Categories-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Categories-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-01T17:16:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Categorie in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, course categories, manage course categories, organize categories, edit category descriptions, delete restore categories, site administration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide Title: Moodle 4.5 – Categories in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Categories in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''course category''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to create '''categories''' and '''subcategories''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to manage them &lt;br /&gt;
* And how to change the parent '''category''' of a '''subcategory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
|| This tutorial is for '''Moodle site administrators''' who want to organise '''courses''' using '''categories'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
*  Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
*  Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us begin with '''course categories''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Course categories &lt;br /&gt;
||'''Course categories''' are used to group similar '''courses''' together. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They help in organizing content effectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
|| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Go to Site Administration, &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on Manage courses and categories. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Site Administration''', '''Courses''' and '''Manage courses and categories.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Screen: Default Categories &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Moodle''' has a default '''category''' called “'''Category 1'''”.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All uncategorized '''courses''' usually go here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Click Actions menu &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Edit &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Rename as &amp;quot;Miscellaneous&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
||Click the '''Actions menu''' and select '''Edit'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rename as '''Miscellaneous''' and '''Save Changes.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||Let’s now learn to create a new '''category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Screen: Click on ‘Create new category’ &amp;gt;&amp;gt; parent category &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Top in the drop-down &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type name as Mathematics  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Create Category&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click '''Create new category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Parent category''' dropdown, select '''Top'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type '''Mathematics''' as the name and click '''Create Category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, we’ll add two '''subcategories''' under '''Mathematics'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click Create new category &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Choose Mathematics as parent category &amp;gt;&amp;gt; name it &amp;quot;1st Year Maths&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Create Category. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat the same steps for &amp;quot;2nd Year Maths&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click '''Create new category''' again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose '''Mathematics''' as the '''Parent category''', and name it as '''1st Year Maths'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat the same steps for '''2nd Year Maths'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Screen: Edit &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Mathematics category &amp;gt;&amp;gt; add description &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, click '''Edit''' next to '''Mathematics'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add this description: '''&amp;quot;All mathematics courses will be listed under this category.&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Just point, do not delete. &lt;br /&gt;
|| To delete a '''category''', one has to click '''Delete'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Warning''': Deleting a '''category''' removes all its '''subcategories''' and '''courses''' along with all materials and '''user data'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Screen: Change Parent Category &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let’s change the '''Parent''' of '''2nd Year Maths''' from '''Mathematics''' to '''Miscellaneous'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on '''Edit,''' change the '''Parent''' to '''Miscellaneous''' and save. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, edit and revert the '''Parent category''' back to '''Mathematics'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  &lt;br /&gt;
|| So that’s how we create and manage '''categories''' and '''sub-categories''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a course category&lt;br /&gt;
* How to create, edit, and delete categories&lt;br /&gt;
* How to change the parent category of a subcategory&lt;br /&gt;
* How to organize categories&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Edit &amp;quot;Miscellaneous&amp;quot; and add a description: &amp;quot;This category is used to keep extra content which is not assigned to any course.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under  &amp;quot;Miscellaneous&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Add two subcategories: &amp;quot;Resources &amp;amp; References&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Optional Modules&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* Delete the subcategory - &amp;quot;Optional Modules&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Blocks-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Blocks-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Blocks-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-01T17:02:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Blocks in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, moodle blocks, block management, dashboard customization, site-level blocks, block configuration, block drawer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide Title: Moodle 4.5 – Blocks in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Blocks in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''block''' is in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Common '''blocks''' on the '''Site admin dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add or delete '''blocks''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to manage '''blocks''' on the '''Front page''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
|| This tutorial is for '''Site administrators''' who want to organise their '''site''' using '''blocks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Moodle 4.5''' installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Admin access''' to your '''Moodle site'''  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
|| We will '''log in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on Home &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us start with understanding what a '''block''' is. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Display (https://edwiser.org/blog/5-best-free-moodle-themes/)&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point as per narration &lt;br /&gt;
|| A '''block''' is a small '''UI''' element for quick access to a certain activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like '''Course completion status, Latest announcements, Upcoming events'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to blocks on the right sidebar – Latest announcements, upcoming events, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Blocks''' appear on the right side or centre of your '''Moodle dashboard''' or '''Course page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They help improve '''navigation''' and display useful content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Come back to Moodle Home Page (Logged in as '''Admin''') &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
||  This is the '''Site Administrator’s''' personal '''dashboard.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Turn editing ON (Top right gear icon &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Turn editing on &lt;br /&gt;
|| To add '''blocks''', at the top right click the '''Edit Mode slider button.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''editing''' is now turned '''on'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll to the top of the page &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Point to “Add a block” &lt;br /&gt;
|| At the top of the page, click on '''Add a block'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On doing so, the '''block''' will be added in the centre of the page, by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Open Moodle’s block drawer (grey arrow) at the top right corner &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on “Add a block.” &lt;br /&gt;
|| You can also open '''Moodle’s block drawer''' at the right corner.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click on '''Add a block'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On doing so, the '''block''' will be added on the right of the page, by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add a block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click the Logged in user option &lt;br /&gt;
|| A list of available '''blocks''' is displayed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s add the '''Logged in user block''' by selecting it from the dropdown list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| New block appears on the side &lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''block''' now appears on the right.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click Add a block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click the Online users option &lt;br /&gt;
|| Repeat the steps once again and select '''Online users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Logged in user block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on the Actions menu &lt;br /&gt;
|| For the '''Logged in user block,''' click on the '''Actions menu,''' which is the 3 dots icon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Configure Logged in user block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click on Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Configure Logged in user block.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Expand all'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Various options are available to customize this '''block'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Choose No for Display city and Display email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click Save changes&lt;br /&gt;
|| We’ll choose '''No''' for '''Display city''' and '''Display email'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Save changes'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Actions menu &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Hide  &lt;br /&gt;
|| To hide the '''block''', click on the '''Actions menu''' and choose '''Hide'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the colour of the block is now greyed out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to Delete  &lt;br /&gt;
|| To completely remove a '''block''', choose '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the confirmation box, click on '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show Front page settings: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Front page &lt;br /&gt;
|| To manage '''blocks''' on the '''Front page''', go to '''Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Default Dashboard page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point as per narration&lt;br /&gt;
||The '''Default Dashboard Page''' is a '''configuration setting''' at the '''site level'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It determines what the first view of the '''Dashboard''' will be for all '''users'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what they will see when they first '''access''' their '''Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, you can choose which '''blocks''' appear where. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Edit Mode ON &lt;br /&gt;
|| Ensure that '''Edit Mode''' is '''ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the centre Add a block button &lt;br /&gt;
|| First add '''Calendar block''' and '''Online users block.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the Actions menu of the Calendar block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Select Default region &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Right &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save changes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Calendar block &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Actions menu''' of the '''Calendar block''' and select '''Configure Calendar block.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Default region''' and '''Region''' fields as '''Right''' and click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the '''Calendar block''' is now seen on the right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Use arrow handle of the Online Users block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; move to the top &lt;br /&gt;
|| Use the arrow handle of the '''Online Users block''' and move it to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|| So, that’s a quick overview of '''blocks''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* About blocks and their uses &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add, configure, hide or delete blocks &lt;br /&gt;
* How to manage blocks on the default Dashboard page &lt;br /&gt;
|| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a Text block to the Default Dashboard page &lt;br /&gt;
* Configure the Text block with a short welcome message &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the arrow handle and move it above the Timeline block &lt;br /&gt;
* Move the Online Users block to the right &lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Moodle-site-setup/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Moodle-site-setup/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Moodle-site-setup/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-01T16:54:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle site setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Moodle, Moodle LMS, LMS, Learning Management System, Educational LMS, Open-source LMS, Moodle site setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cue&lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Title Slide &lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Moodle site setup'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Pre-requisite slide: &lt;br /&gt;
You will need: &lt;br /&gt;
* A machine with Ubuntu 22.04 OS &lt;br /&gt;
* Minimum 50 GB of free space on your machine &lt;br /&gt;
* Internet connection &lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial, you will need a '''machine''' with '''Ubuntu 22.04 OS'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need minimum '''50 GB''' of '''free space''' on your '''machine'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will also need '''internet connection'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Pre-requisite slide: &lt;br /&gt;
You should have &lt;br /&gt;
* Done Server setup &lt;br /&gt;
* Installed and configured Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
|| You should also have done '''Server setup''' and '''installed''' and '''configured Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the prerequisite '''Moodle''' tutorials, please visit this '''website'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Only narration &lt;br /&gt;
|| We have completed '''Moodle installation''' and '''configuration''' earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move onto '''Moodle 4.5 site setup'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Open a web browser &amp;gt;&amp;gt; type localhost &lt;br /&gt;
|| Open a '''web browser''' and type '''localhost.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on Continue  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Continue''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight the title - Installation-Moodle 4.3.3 &lt;br /&gt;
|| We will land on the '''Installation-Moodle 4.3.3''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down to Other checks &lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down and look at the section named '''Other checks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Locate the error message:  php setting max_input_vars must be at least 5000 &lt;br /&gt;
|| Look for an '''error message''' that says: '''php setting max_input_vars must be at least 5000''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Switch to the terminal and type:  Type: sudo gedit /etc/php/8.3/fpm/php.ini &lt;br /&gt;
|| If you find it, switch to the '''terminal''' and type:  '''sudo gedit /etc/php/8.3/fpm/php.ini''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Change max_input_var = '''5000''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete ''';''' from the start of the line &lt;br /&gt;
|| Change the value of '''max_input_var''' to '''5000'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then delete the '''semicolon''' from the start of the line. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Save and close the file &lt;br /&gt;
|| Save and close the '''file'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: sudo systemctl restart php8.3-fpm.service &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now '''run: sudo systemctl restart php8.3-fpm.service''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type : sudo systemctl restart nginx.service  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next '''run: sudo systemctl restart nginx.service''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Open a web browser &amp;gt;&amp;gt; type localhost &lt;br /&gt;
|| Open the '''web browser''' and type '''localhost.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to Other checks &lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down to the section named '''Other checks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  &lt;br /&gt;
|| The error you saw earlier shouldn’t be seen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on Continue button &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Continue''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to the title: Installation &lt;br /&gt;
|| We land on the '''Installation''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down \&amp;gt;\&amp;gt; click on Continue button  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down to the bottom and click on the '''Continue''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to General &lt;br /&gt;
|| On the '''Installation''' page, we are now in the '''General''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Here we see values displayed in some fields.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| On-screen-text: Admin@123 Type '''New Password = Admin@123''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In the '''New Password''' field, type a '''password''' by following the displayed rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''Email address = admin-edupyramids@gmail.com''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In the '''Email address''' field, type the '''admin user’s email id'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Choose Email visibility = Hidden &lt;br /&gt;
|| In the '''Email visibility''' field, you can choose to keep this '''email''' hidden. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on Update profile button &lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll down to the bottom and click on the '''Update profile''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to New settings - Site home settings &lt;br /&gt;
|| On the '''Installation''' page, we are now in the '''New settings - Site home settings''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''Full site name''' = '''Edupyramids Learning Centre''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In '''Full site name''', type “'''Edupyramids Learning Centre”.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also type any other '''site''' name of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''Short name for site''' = '''Edupyramids”''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In '''Short name for site''', type '''“Edupyramids”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here also you can type any other name of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''Site home summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''“Elearning platform for learning IT courses.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suitable for K12, UG, PG and working professionals.”'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type a short description in '''Site home summary''' textbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Choose '''New settings - Location settings''' dropdown '''= Asia/Kolkata''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In '''New settings - Location settings dropdown''', choose '''Asia/Kolkata'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click '''Save changes''' button &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Save changes''' button at the bottom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''New settings - Support contact = admin-edupyramids@gmail.com''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| In '''New settings - Support contact''', type the '''admin user’s email id'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose to type any other '''support staff’s email id''' also. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click '''Save changes''' button &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Save changes''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Moodle Admin Dashboard''' page &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click '''Got it''' button &lt;br /&gt;
|| You will now land on the '''Moodle Admin Dashboard''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Got it''' button to end the '''site''' tour. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||  &lt;br /&gt;
|| Congratulations! Your '''Moodle site''' is now fully '''setup''' and ready for your use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you slide &lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for following along. You’re now ready to start using '''Moodle 4.5'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert : Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|| This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited, SINE, IIT Bombay.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-28T04:11:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating a Quiz in Moodle   Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-sour...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating a Quiz in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, quiz activity, quiz configuration, question bank, random questions, quiz preview, Moodle quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Creating a Quiz in Moodle.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''quiz''' in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use the '''question bank''' and create a '''quiz'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit a '''quiz'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to preview a '''quiz''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create a '''quiz''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Click on ‘Turn editing on’''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Ensure that '''editing''' is turned '''on''' at the top right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s understand what a '''quiz''' is.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A '''quiz''' allows the teacher to assess students through various types of questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A '''quiz''' provides automated grading and various feedback options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Course menu  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Course menu.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Basic Calculus → Click “Add an activity or resource” → Quiz → Expand all&lt;br /&gt;
| To create a '''quiz''', scroll to '''Basic Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add an activity or resource''' and select '''Quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Quiz for Basic Calculus&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configure Timing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open time: 1 July 10am&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close time: 1 July 5pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time limit: 10 mins&lt;br /&gt;
| Type the '''quiz name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Description''' is optional, and configure '''Timing settings.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Configure Grade to 8, Layout to Every 5 questions and Question behavior as shown in the screenshot &lt;br /&gt;
| Configure '''Grade''', '''Layout''' and '''Question behavior'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Next we’ll configure the '''Review options settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Show “Review options” section&lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Review options''', choose what the student can see after the attempt—such as feedback, correct answers, and scores. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Save and return to course” → Point to the quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
The '''quiz''' is now created! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Edit quiz”&lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Edit quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add question&lt;br /&gt;
| See where the pointer is pointing. &lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add question'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page, click '''Add''', and select '''from question bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Default for Math-101&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select Calc-Matching-004 and Calc-TF-002&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Default for Math-101''' is the default '''question category''' displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select both questions, and click '''Add selected questions to the quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the 2 questions'&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add → a random question&lt;br /&gt;
| The 2 questions are visible in the '''quiz''' now. To add random questions, click '''Add''' and select '''a random question'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Apply filters&lt;br /&gt;
| On the next page, click '''Type or select''' dropdown, select '''MCQs with single answers''' and click '''Apply filters'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| MCQs with single answers → Number of questions - 2  &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Number of random questions''' choose '''2'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add random question'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Short answer questions - add 1 random question to the quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| Repeat the same steps for '''Short answer questions''' category and add 1 random question. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the 5 questions in the quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| The quiz now contains a mix of random and specific questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each question carries 1 mark. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight this portion &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s look at the settings for '''Maximum grade''', '''Total of marks''' and '''Shuffle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Maximum grade → Change to 100 and press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Maximum grade''' is the highest possible score for the '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change this number to '''100''' for percentage scores. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Total of marks → Change the marks for any 1 question to 2 and revert the change &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Total of marks''' is the sum of individual question marks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing individual question marks will update the total accordingly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Shuffle and check the box  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s enable the '''Shuffle''' option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shuffles question order for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the Save button&lt;br /&gt;
| After configuring the '''quiz''', click '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight or point to Grade to pass: 8.00 out of 100.00&lt;br /&gt;
| Recall that the '''Grade to pass''' was set as 8 earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Settings in the menu → Expand all → Grade to pass: 80 → Scroll down and click Save and return to course&lt;br /&gt;
| Go back to '''Settings''' and change '''Grade to pass''' to 80 or your preferred grade. Save changes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Quiz menu → Grade to pass: 80.00 out of 100.00 &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, the '''Quiz''' menu shows '''Grade to pass: 80.00 out of 100.00'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Preview quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| Use '''Preview quiz''' to view the quiz as a student. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Start Attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Read instructions in the pop-up and click '''Start Attempt'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows how students see the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the countdown timer clock&lt;br /&gt;
| The countdown timer begins. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Answer the questions → click Finish Attempt&lt;br /&gt;
| Answer questions, then click '''Finish Attempt'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page, click '''Submit all and finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll the attempt&lt;br /&gt;
| Review your quiz attempt and grades. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s how you create and preview a quiz in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt:&lt;br /&gt;
* What a quiz in Moodle is&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use the question bank and create a quiz with specific and random questions&lt;br /&gt;
* How to preview a quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, open the quiz settings and set the '''Overall feedback''' as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback for Grade boundary 100%: Excellent performance&lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback for Grade boundary 50%: You need to work harder&lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback for Grade boundary 30%: Please meet the teacher separately to discuss how to improve your performance &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Service, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-question-categories-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Creating-question-categories-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-question-categories-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-28T03:23:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating question categories in Moodle   Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational l...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating question categories in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, question categories, question management, question filtering, category deletion, question organization, Moodle questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Creating question categories in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What are '''question categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use '''question categories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create '''question categories''' within a '''Question bank''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus → More → Question bank &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on '''More''' and '''Question bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on ‘Turn editing on’  &lt;br /&gt;
| Ensure that '''editing''' is turned '''on''' at the top right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page (logged in as teacher)  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with understanding the '''Question categories'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We use '''question categories''' to better organize questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Questions dropdown → select Categories &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''Questions''' dropdown to reveal the options. &lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Categories.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Edit Category page → Default for Math-101 → 7  &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Edit Category''' page shows one category - '''Default for Math-101'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In brackets it shows '''7''' which indicates the total number of questions in this '''category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add category → Name: MCQs with single answers  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add category''', provide a name, and save. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the new question category  &lt;br /&gt;
| The new '''question category''' appears in the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Create Short answer questions, TF questions Point in the list  &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise, create 2 other '''question categories'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Categories dropdown → select Questions  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''Categories''' dropdown and select '''Questions.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select Calc-MCQ-001, Calc-MCQ-003, Calc-MCQ-006 &lt;br /&gt;
| In the list of questions, select the 3 MCQs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on With selected and Move to &lt;br /&gt;
| At the bottom of the list, click on '''With selected''' and '''Move to.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Open the dropdown → select MCQs with a single answer → Move to &lt;br /&gt;
| Open the dropdown, select '''MCQs with a single answer''' and click '''Move to.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point there (MCQs with a single answer) when recording  &lt;br /&gt;
| We see the 3 MCQs in the filtered list of '''MCQs with a single answer question category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Type or select dropdown → select Default for Math-101 → click Apply filters  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Type or select''' dropdown, select '''Default for Math-101''' and click '''Apply filters'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Notice there are 4 questions now, instead of 7. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select Calc-ShortAnswer-005 and Calc-ShortAnswer-007 and move to Short answer questions No recording for this  &lt;br /&gt;
| Repeat the same steps to move corresponding questions to '''Short answer question category.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Type or select dropdown → select Default for Math-101 → check Also show questions from subcategories → click Apply filters Point to the list  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Type or select''' dropdown, select '''Default for Math-101''' and check '''Also show questions from subcategories''' and click '''Apply filters'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now all questions from all the '''subcategories''' are visible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Question categories''' will help in choosing random questions when creating a '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Create a new question → MCQ is default selection → click on Add → click Category dropdown → scroll down → click Cancel&lt;br /&gt;
| After adding '''question categories''', when we click on '''Create a new question''', we get the option to select the '''category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But for now, scroll down and click '''Cancel.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Questions dropdown → select Categories → TF questions → Delete&lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''Questions''' dropdown and select '''Categories.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To delete a '''question category''', click the '''Actions menu''' and '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the warning message and click '''Delete.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s the quick explanation of '''question categories''' in the '''Question bank''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt:&lt;br /&gt;
* What question categories are&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use question categories to better organise the Question bank &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, add a new question category named '''“Numerical Questions”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Service, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Question-bank-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Question-bank-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Question-bank-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-28T03:00:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating a Question Bank in Moodle   Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms,...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating a Question Bank in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Question Bank, question types, question editing, question preview, question management, Moodle questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5''' - '''Creating a Question Bank in Moodle.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''Question Bank'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of questions in '''Moodle''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add questions to a '''Question Bank''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create a '''Question Bank''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide - What is a Question Bank''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin by understanding what a '''Question Bank''' is.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a collection of questions stored in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These can be used and reused in '''quizzes''' across different '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Turn editing on&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page → click More and then click “Question bank” menu &lt;br /&gt;
| Using a '''Question Bank''' saves time and helps maintain consistency in assessments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight the “Question bank” section under Course settings&lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s explore the '''types of questions''' that can be added to a '''Moodle''' '''Question Bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Create a new question” button &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Create a new question.''' '''Moodle''' supports several question types. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s look at them briefly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Show list of question types &lt;br /&gt;
| The main types are: '''Multiple choice''', '''True/False''', '''Matching''', '''Short answer''', '''Numerical''' and '''Essay'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on each type briefly &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Multiple choice''' allows one or more correct answers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''True/False''' is for simple factual questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Matching''' lets learners pair items from two lists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Show form for each question type &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Short answer''' is for precise responses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Essay''' allows long, descriptive answers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Numerical''' is used for questions requiring numeric values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select “Multiple choice” → click Add → click Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s add a '''Multiple choice''' question to the '''Question Bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Category dropdown → Default for Math-101&lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Category''' we can see only one option - '''Default for Math-101'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will learn to create '''question categories''' later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Question name: Calc-MCQ-001''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Question text: Steps are given to determine the centre of curvature at a given point on a conic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arrange the steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) Let P be the given point on the conic and F is the focus. &lt;br /&gt;
ii) Join P with F. &lt;br /&gt;
iii) Draw a line NR perpendicular to PN and cutting PF or PF-extended at R. &lt;br /&gt;
iv) Draw a line RO perpendicular to PR and cutting PN-extended at O which is centre of curvature.''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Fill in the '''question name''' and '''question text'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point per narration &lt;br /&gt;
| Question status is '''Ready''' and the '''Default mark''' is 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to General feedback''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Next option is '''General feedback'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text here is shown to the '''student''' after he/she has submitted the '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type “The centre O of the circle of curvature lies on the normal to the curve at P. This centre is called center of curvature at P. So for that we first found normal and accordingly the curve we found center of curvature.” &lt;br /&gt;
| We can use this text area to show the detailed solution of the question, also. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;One or multiple answers?&amp;quot; → Only one answer → Multiple answers allowed → Select Only one answer''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Next comes '''One or multiple answers'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here '''Only one answer''' is selected, by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your question has more than one answer, select '''Multiple answers allowed'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settings will have to be configured accordingly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Check Shuffle the choices checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Check '''Shuffle the choices''' checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Number the choices?&amp;quot; → i, ii, iii &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Number the choices''', choose any one number type. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Answers → Choice 1: i, iv, ii, iii Grade: 100% Feedback: Correct!&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Now we come to the '''Answers''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we have to give 4 choices for the '''MCQ''', of which one will be the right answer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The choice with the right answer will have '''Grade''' as 100% for '''single answer MCQ'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can vary this % for '''multiple correct answers MCQ'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just ensure that the total % for that question adds up to 100%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Choice 2: iv, i, iii, ii Grade: None Feedback: Incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice 3: iv, i, ii, iii Grade: None Feedback: Incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice 4: i, iii, ii, iv Grade: None Feedback: Incorrect &lt;br /&gt;
| Fill in the other choices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Blanks for 3 more choices &lt;br /&gt;
| If any question has more choices, you can add those by clicking '''Blanks for 3 more choices'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Scroll to Multiple Tries''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Multiple Tries''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Point to Penalty for each incorrect try → 33.33% Change to 0%''' &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Penalty for each incorrect try''' shows '''33.33%''' by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This option controls the penalty for each incorrect try. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But you can set it to zero so that there is no deduction of marks for incorrect tries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the question &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the question we created! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|In the Actions column, → click Edit dropdown → select Preview &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Actions''' column, click '''Edit''' dropdown and select '''Preview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the question will appear in the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click i, iii, ii, iv → Submit and Finish Point to the word Incorrect next to the choice. Then point to the pink box where the detailed feedback is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
| Select this choice and click '''Submit and Finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The detailed feedback is displayed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Start again → Select i, iv, ii, iii Point to the feedback &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Start again'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the correct answer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Submit and Finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Read the feedback now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Close preview &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Close preview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| In the Actions column, → click Edit dropdown → point to Edit, Delete, Duplicate''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Actions''' column, click '''Edit''' dropdown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are options to '''Edit''' the question, or '''Delete''' it, or '''Duplicate'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use these when required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| That’s how you add questions to a '''Question bank''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a Question Bank is&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of questions in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add questions to a Question Bank&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings to add a question &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, follow the instructions provided in '''Assignment.txt''' to create a variety of questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file should be provided in '''Code files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Service, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Forum-for-a-Moodle-Course/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Forum-for-a-Moodle-Course/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Forum-for-a-Moodle-Course/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-25T02:32:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Forum for a Moodle Course   Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-sour...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Forum for a Moodle Course &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, course management, teacher profile, content organization, forum creation, discussion forums, Moodle activities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Forum for a Moodle Course'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''Forum''' is&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of '''Forums''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* How to create and configure a '''Forum''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create a '''discussion forum''' for a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
|Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5''', and '''Firefox'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the user icon&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Moodle Course Page&lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now learn how to create a '''discussion forum''' for '''students''' of a '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us first understand what a '''Forum''' is.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A '''Forum''' in '''Moodle''' is an activity that allows the '''teachers''' and the '''students''' to have asynchronous '''discussions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It helps '''students''' and '''teachers''' to communicate, ask questions, and share ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on My courses → Calculus&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click on &amp;quot;Turn editing on&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Basic Calculus → Add an activity or resource → Forum → Expand all&lt;br /&gt;
| Below '''Basic Calculus,''' click '''Add an activity or resource''' and '''Forum'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| To add a '''forum''', we only need to add a name and the discussion topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And we are good to go! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are many settings available which we will explore now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Forum Name: Introduce ourselves!&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Let’s say hello to everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Forum Name''' type '''“Introduce ourselves!”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''Description,''' type '''“Let’s say hello to everyone.”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Check Display description on course page&lt;br /&gt;
| Check '''Display description on course page''' checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click Forum Types&lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Forum Types''' to view all the options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default is the '''Standard forum for general use'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A single simple discussion''' is where the '''teacher''' starts a topic and the '''students''' can respond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click the question mark icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''question mark''' icon to know more about the different '''types''' of '''forums'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Show settings – Availability and Attachments and word count&lt;br /&gt;
| Configure '''Availability''' and '''Attachments and word count''' settings as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription settings → select Forced subscription &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Subscription''' settings, it is advisable to select '''Forced subscription'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Show Ratings section → select Count of ratings &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Ratings''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable ratings to assess student participation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Enable &amp;quot;Send content change notification&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Enable '''Send content change notification'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This notifies all the participants that the forum activity has been updated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;Save and display the forum&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display'''. The new '''forum post''' is now added to the '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click Reply → &amp;quot;I am your teacher for the Calculus course. To know more about me, read my profile info&amp;quot; → click Post to forum &lt;br /&gt;
| To continue the discussion, click '''Reply'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type your response and click '''Post to forum'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Forum discussion posted''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Your post appears under the '''forum''' with the date-time stamp. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other participants can now '''reply''' and '''rate'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a forum is&lt;br /&gt;
* Explored different types of forums&lt;br /&gt;
* Saw how to create and use forums in a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, create a new forum in the '''Calculus''' course and post the following message: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Refer to this link, where they have also listed the evolutes of some common curves: http://mathworld.wolfram.com/Evolute.html” &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Service, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-25T01:43:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Create Assignments for Students  Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Create Assignments for Students&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment setup, course organization, activity configuration, access restrictions, grading options, Moodle assignments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Create Assignments for Students''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create an '''assignment''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Set submission types, due dates and restrictions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create '''assignments''' for students in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Course Page &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now learn how to create an '''assignment''' for students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Advanced Algebra'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on ‘Turn editing on’ &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Add an activity or resource” under &amp;quot;Polynomial and Rational Functions&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Polynomial and Rational Functions''' section, click '''Add an activity or resource'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Activity chooser appears → Select Assignment → Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| From the Activity chooser, click on '''Assignment''', and then click the '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New Assignment page &lt;br /&gt;
| We are in the '''New Assignment''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: &amp;quot;Assignment 1 – Evolutes and Involutes&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Type a name for the assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description: &lt;br /&gt;
# Determine the evolute of the circle: x 2 \+y 2 \=R2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Determine the evolute of the cycloid: x=t−sint, y=1−cost. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prove that the curve given by the equations: x \= R(cost+tsint), y \= R(sint−tcost) is the involute of the circle of radius R centered at the origin. &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Description''' box, type the assignment text for the students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Activity instructions: &lt;br /&gt;
Attempt any 2. Each assignment is for 10 marks. &lt;br /&gt;
Your score will be included under Internal Assessments for this semester. &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Activity instructions''', type instructions and helpful guidelines. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Availability Allow submissions from: 15 July 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
Due date: 30 July 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
Cut-off date: leave blank &lt;br /&gt;
Remind me to grade by: 15 Aug 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Availability''', set the '''Allow submissions from''' and '''Due date'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also set dates for '''Cut-off date''' and '''Remind me to grade by'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Check &amp;quot;Always show description&amp;quot; checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Check the checkbox for '''Always show description.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Submission types → check both boxes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Submission types'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Choose between '''Online text''', '''File submissions''', or both. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let everything else remain as is. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Feedback types &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Feedback types''', enable options for '''Feedback comments''' and '''Annotate PDF'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Require students to click the submit → Yes &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose '''Yes''' for '''Require students to click the submit button.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Notify graders about submissions → Yes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Notifications''' and choose '''Yes''' for '''Notify graders about submissions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Grade Type to show the options.  &lt;br /&gt;
Retain Points Grade to pass → 40 Anonymous submissions → select Yes &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Grade Type''' can be in '''Points''' or '''Scale'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Choose as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the passing criteria in '''Grade to pass.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''Anonymous submissions''', select '''Yes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
This helps teachers to be unbiased and grade the students anonymously. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common Module Settings → Availability → Show on course page &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Common Module Settings'''. Ensure that '''Availability''' is '''Show on course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Restrict access → Add restriction → Activity completion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Choose dropdown → select Previous activity with completion &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Restrict access'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add restriction''' and '''Activity completion.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Choose''' dropdown. It displays many options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We’ll select '''Previous activity with completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Completion conditions → select &amp;quot;Students must manually mark the activity as done&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Completion conditions''', select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Save and return to course” &lt;br /&gt;
| After entering all settings, scroll down and click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page showing the assignment link &lt;br /&gt;
| The assignment is now created and visible on the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Move it below “Yet Another Calculus Text”. &lt;br /&gt;
| Move it below '''Yet Another Calculus Text'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So that’s how you create an '''assignment''' for students in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we have learnt how to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an assignment in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* Set submission types, and deadlines&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment Name: Assignment 2 - Evolutes and Involutes'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy-paste the text given in assignment.txt file in the Code files link.&lt;br /&gt;
* Follow the other steps given therein also.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following should be posted in assignment.txt file.&lt;br /&gt;
** Question 1: Can two different curves have the same involute curve?&lt;br /&gt;
** Question 2: Check the lecture available on https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6xgtMQ7WSzQ&lt;br /&gt;
** At around 12:00, the lecturer says let P and Q be two points on any curve, draw normals at both points. As Q approaches P, the point of intersection of the two normals will eventually stabilize. He goes on to say the limit of the point of intersection is the osculating centre at P. If Q is at P, then the two normals will be co-incident. Hence, when Q is almost at P, shouldn't the two lines almost be parallel, and hence the limit of the point of intersection at infinity? Explain this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* Activity instructions: Both questions have to be answered. Each assignment is for 10 marks. Your score will be included under Internal Assessments for this semester.&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting: Availability&lt;br /&gt;
** Allow submissions from: 25 June 2025&lt;br /&gt;
** Due date: 20 July 2025&lt;br /&gt;
** Cut-off date: leave blank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Slide: Acknowledgement&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay'''. Thank you for watching!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-23T03:23:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Uploading and Editing Resources &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, add Moodle resources, resource management, configure resource settings, access restrictions, resource organization, course layout customization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Uploading and Editing Resources in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload '''Book''', '''File''', and '''URL''' resources &lt;br /&gt;
* Edit and organize resources in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to upload and edit their '''course materials''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll down to My Courses → click on Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''', scroll down to '''My Courses''' and click on '''Advanced Algebra course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Course Page &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s begin by adding a '''Book''' resource to this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Turn editing on” &lt;br /&gt;
| Turn '''editing on''' at the top-right corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Add an activity or resource” → select Book &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add an activity or resource''', select '''Book''', and click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Book settings page Name: Yet Another Calculus Text &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: A short introduction to evolutes and involutes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Display description on course page checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Description''' of the book.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally, display the description on the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and return to course  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and return to course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Yet Another Calculus Text&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Yet Another Calculus Text''' which appears as a '''hyperlink'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Import Chapter&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Import Chapter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Import from Microsoft Word&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Import from Microsoft Word.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Choose a file → click Browse. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Choose a file''', then click '''Browse'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select the book you saved on your machine earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Book-IteratingEvolutesAndInvolutes.docx&amp;quot; ''(upload from the Code files link)''&lt;br /&gt;
| Navigate to the folder where the doc file you want to upload is and select it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Author field &lt;br /&gt;
| The uploader’s name will appear in '''Author'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose CCBYSA 4.0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Upload this file &lt;br /&gt;
| This doc is available under the '''CC BY SA license'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So choose that in '''Choose License''' field. Then click on '''Upload this file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Import → click Continue. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Import'''.  Then click '''Continue'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the text Click on the pencil icon next to index.htm  →  change the name to '''Yet Another Calculus Text'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the pencil icon next to index.htm → change the entire text to sentence-case  →  change the alignment to the left for the entire text  →  click on Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
| The chapter is uploaded but requires some renaming and formatting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right, click on the pencil icon next to '''index.htm.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the needful alignment and formatting and click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| It looks better now! Click Maths-104 the '''course short name''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Add an activity or resource” → Select Folder &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s add a '''Folder'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add an activity or resource''', choose '''Folder''', and click '''Expand All'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Folder settings Name: Reference reading  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: 3 reference docs for additional reading &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Reference reading&amp;quot;(''upload from the Code Files link'' ) &lt;br /&gt;
| Enter the '''Name''' as &amp;quot;'''Reference reading'''&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a description, and upload the folder containing multiple files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and return to course &lt;br /&gt;
| Once files are uploaded, click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Add an activity or resource” → Select URL Name: Single Variable Calculus External link: https://youtu.be/ryLdyDrBfvI?feature=shared&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Single Variable Calculus is a short video that introduces the basics of Limits, continuity, Trigonometric limits —how it works and its importance. &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add a '''URL''' resource.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''URL''', click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the '''Name''' and copy-paste the '''external link'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then add the appropriate description.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Restriction access. Click Add restriction and Activity completion. In the Activity Completion dropdown, choose Previous activity with completion. &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Restrict access'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add restriction''' and '''Activity completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Activity Completion''' dropdown, choose '''Previous activity with completion.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Completion Conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select &amp;quot;Students must manually mark the activity as done&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enable checkbox → 5 July&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Completion Conditions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''Enable checkbox''' and choose '''5 July''' as the date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and return to course &lt;br /&gt;
| Then click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| View how the '''URL''' appears on the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Hover over the URL resource till a handle appears → move it &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now move this '''URL resource''' below the 3 pages of '''Polynomial and Rational Functions'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select Actions menu → click Move right &lt;br /&gt;
| Select the '''Actions menu''' and click the '''Move right''' option to indent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Hide” or “Show” &lt;br /&gt;
| You can also '''Hide''' a resource from students or '''Show''' it again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Delete all the New sections below &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s delete all the '''New sections''' below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| View the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload and edit '''Book''', '''File''', and '''URL''' resources &lt;br /&gt;
* Modify, rearrange and manage various resources in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Move &amp;quot;Yet Another Calculus Text&amp;quot; and place it below &amp;quot;Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* Then indent it  &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-23T03:21:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Uploading and Editing Resources   Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, ope...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Uploading and Editing Resources &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, add Moodle resources, resource management, configure resource settings, access restrictions, resource organization, course layout customization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Uploading and Editing Resources in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload '''Book''', '''File''', and '''URL''' resources &lt;br /&gt;
* Edit and organize resources in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to upload and edit their '''course materials''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll down to My Courses → click on Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''', scroll down to '''My Courses''' and click on '''Advanced Algebra course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Course Page &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s begin by adding a '''Book''' resource to this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Turn editing on” &lt;br /&gt;
| Turn '''editing on''' at the top-right corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Add an activity or resource” → select Book &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add an activity or resource''', select '''Book''', and click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Book settings page Name: Yet Another Calculus Text &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: A short introduction to evolutes and involutes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Display description on course page checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Description''' of the book.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally, display the description on the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and return to course  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and return to course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Yet Another Calculus Text&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Yet Another Calculus Text''' which appears as a '''hyperlink'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Import Chapter&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Import Chapter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Import from Microsoft Word&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Import from Microsoft Word.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Choose a file → click Browse. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Choose a file''', then click '''Browse'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select the book you saved on your machine earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Book-IteratingEvolutesAndInvolutes.docx&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Navigate to the folder where the doc file you want to upload is and select it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Author field &lt;br /&gt;
| The uploader’s name will appear in '''Author'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose CCBYSA 4.0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Upload this file &lt;br /&gt;
| This doc is available under the '''CC BY SA license'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So choose that in '''Choose License''' field. Then click on '''Upload this file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Import → click Continue. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Import'''.  Then click '''Continue'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the text Click on the pencil icon next to index.htm  →  change the name to '''Yet Another Calculus Text'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the pencil icon next to index.htm → change the entire text to sentence-case  →  change the alignment to the left for the entire text  →  click on Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
| The chapter is uploaded but requires some renaming and formatting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right, click on the pencil icon next to '''index.htm.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the needful alignment and formatting and click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| It looks better now! Click Maths-104 the '''course short name''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Add an activity or resource” → Select Folder &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s add a '''Folder'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add an activity or resource''', choose '''Folder''', and click '''Expand All'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Folder settings Name: Reference reading  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: 3 reference docs for additional reading &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Reference reading&amp;quot;(''upload from the Code Files link'' ) &lt;br /&gt;
| Enter the '''Name''' as &amp;quot;'''Reference reading'''&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a description, and upload the folder containing multiple files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and return to course &lt;br /&gt;
| Once files are uploaded, click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Add an activity or resource” → Select URL Name: Single Variable Calculus External link: https://youtu.be/ryLdyDrBfvI?feature=shared&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Single Variable Calculus is a short video that introduces the basics of Limits, continuity, Trigonometric limits —how it works and its importance. &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add a '''URL''' resource.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''URL''', click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the '''Name''' and copy-paste the '''external link'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then add the appropriate description.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Restriction access. Click Add restriction and Activity completion. In the Activity Completion dropdown, choose Previous activity with completion. &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Restrict access'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add restriction''' and '''Activity completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Activity Completion''' dropdown, choose '''Previous activity with completion.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Completion Conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select &amp;quot;Students must manually mark the activity as done&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enable checkbox → 5 July&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Completion Conditions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''Enable checkbox''' and choose '''5 July''' as the date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and return to course &lt;br /&gt;
| Then click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| View how the '''URL''' appears on the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Hover over the URL resource till a handle appears → move it &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now move this '''URL resource''' below the 3 pages of '''Polynomial and Rational Functions'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select Actions menu → click Move right &lt;br /&gt;
| Select the '''Actions menu''' and click the '''Move right''' option to indent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Hide” or “Show” &lt;br /&gt;
| You can also '''Hide''' a resource from students or '''Show''' it again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Delete all the New sections below &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s delete all the '''New sections''' below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| View the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload and edit '''Book''', '''File''', and '''URL''' resources &lt;br /&gt;
* Modify, rearrange and manage various resources in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Move &amp;quot;Yet Another Calculus Text&amp;quot; and place it below &amp;quot;Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* Then indent it  &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Install-plugins/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Install-plugins/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Install-plugins/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-23T03:08:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Install Plugins in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Moodle plugins overview, install plugins, configure plugin settings, moodle.org plugins, plugin management, Moodle plugin setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title- Moodle 4.5 - Install Plugins in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Install Plugins in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''plugin''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Steps to install '''plugins''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Moodle administrators''' who want to enhance '''Moodle functionality'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: What is a plugin? &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin by understanding what a '''plugin''' is. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A '''plugin''' is an '''add-on''' that provides additional features in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview Screen: Plugins overview page &lt;br /&gt;
| Go to '''Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows already installed '''plugins''' and their '''settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Scroll to File Submissions, Advanced Grading methods &lt;br /&gt;
| For example: '''Plugins''' like '''File Submissions''' and '''Advanced Grading methods''' can be '''configured'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Assignment Submission plugins.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s learn to '''configure''' the settings of '''Assignment Submission plugins.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on File submissions plugin &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Settings &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''File submissions Settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Change Maximum files per submission &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 5. &lt;br /&gt;
| Change '''Maximum files per submission''' to '''5'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Default accepted file types &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Choose &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;Document files&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;Image files&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click Expand &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select &amp;quot;jpeg, jpg, png&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Default accepted file types,''' click on the '''Choose''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the checkbox next to '''Document files.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the checkbox next to '''Image files.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Expand''' and here select '''jpeg, jpg''' and '''png.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save Changes'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now see our selections in  '''Default accepted file types''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click on '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle.org plugins &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, we’ll learn to install a new '''plugin'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, go to (https://moodle.org/plugins/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Search “'''HP5'''” &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select '''Moodle 4.5''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Search box''' type '''HP5.''' &lt;br /&gt;
And in '''Moodle version''' box, select '''Moodle 4.5''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to '''Microsoft Word File Import/Export (Question Format) &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Click on it. &lt;br /&gt;
| The search result shows '''Microsoft Word File Import/Export (Question Format).'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on it.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|This '''plugin''' allows '''quiz questions''' to be '''imported''' from a '''Word file''' into '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''plugin''' also '''imports tables, images''', and '''equations''' from the '''Word file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Download''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Verify that you are human''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on '''3.9.7 version''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Download.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If prompted '''Verify that you are human''', then click on the latest '''version'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Note the name and location of the '''zip file''' that is downloaded on your machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to your '''Moodle interface'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click on '''Plugins''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Install Plugins'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; come to '''Plugin Installer''' page &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Choose a file''' and follow the steps. &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, come back to your '''Moodle interface'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Install plugins.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We come to the '''Plugin Installer''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Choose a file''' and follow the prompts for selection of this '''plugin'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Install plugin from the ZIP file &lt;br /&gt;
| Then click on '''Install plugin from the ZIP file.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Follow all the prompts to complete the installation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview &amp;gt;&amp;gt; search Microsoft&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, search for '''Microsoft'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
We can see this '''plugin''' is now '''installed''' and listed as '''Additional'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to [https://moodle.org/plugins/](https://moodle.org/plugins/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search “Completion Progress” &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select '''Moodle 4.5''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the search results click on '''Completion Progress''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Download''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back to your '''Moodle interface'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click on '''Plugins''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Install Plugins'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; come to '''Plugin Installer''' page &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click '''Choose a file''' and select this zip file &amp;gt;&amp;gt; follow the steps to install. &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise, install the '''Completion Progress plugin''' by following the on-screen instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a useful '''plugin''' for '''teachers''' to visually see the progress of the '''students''' in a '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; On this page, search for '''Completion Progress''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Additional''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Plugins overview''', search for '''Completion Progress'''.   This '''plugin''' is now '''installed''' and listed as '''Additional'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What plugins are &lt;br /&gt;
* How to install plugins from &amp;quot;moodle.org&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment &lt;br /&gt;
* Install &amp;quot;Quiz Analytics&amp;quot; plugin on your Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Format-course-material/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Format-course-material/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Format-course-material/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-23T02:14:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Format Course Material in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, manage Moodle course sections, content formatting, multimedia integration, activity completion settings, organize course materials, Moodle HTML editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Format Course Material in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Use '''course editing controls''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the '''default HTML editor''' of '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Add completion conditions for '''students'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to format their '''course materials''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorial, please visit https://EduPyramids.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll and click on Calculus → point to Elementary Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now begin editing the '''course Elementary Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Turn editing on” &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on pencil icon next to &amp;quot;Elementary Calculus&amp;quot; to edit section name &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''pencil icon''' next to the topic name '''Elementary Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the new name '''Basic Calculus''' and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Use move icon to drag topic &amp;quot;Matrices above Sequences and Series&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''handle icon''' to rearrange the sequential order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices → Click Action menu → Duplicate → point to Matrices (copy)  &lt;br /&gt;
| To duplicate a topic, click '''Actions menu''', and '''Duplicate'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices (copy) → Click Action menu →  Delete &lt;br /&gt;
| To delete a topic, click '''Actions menu''', and '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm when prompted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices → Click Action menu → Hide For Matrices → Click Action menu → Show &lt;br /&gt;
| To hide a topic from students, click '''Actions menu''', and '''Hide'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We see a new '''status &amp;quot;Hidden from students&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revert this to '''Show.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s now explore the '''default HTML editor''' used in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices → Click Action menu → Edit Settings → Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Matrices,''' click '''Actions menu''' and '''Edit Settings.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Come to Description box &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Description''' box. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Use bold, italics, underline on the first line: ''''Following sub-topics will be covered in this topic:'''' &lt;br /&gt;
| On the text, you can apply formatting like '''Bold''', ''Italics'', and &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underline&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Demonstrate bullets and numbering as shown below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following sub-topics will be covered in this topic:&lt;br /&gt;
# Evolutes and involutes;  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evaluation of definite and improper integrals;  &lt;br /&gt;
# Beta and Gamma functions and their properties;  &lt;br /&gt;
# Applications of definite integrals to evaluate surface areas and volumes of revolutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inverse and rank of a matrix, rank-nullity theorem;  System of linear equations;  Symmetric, skew-symmetric and orthogonal matrices;  Determinants; Eigenvalues and eigenvectors;  Diagonalization of matrices;  Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, and Orthogonal transformation. &lt;br /&gt;
| Use '''Bullet''' or '''Numbered lists''' to organize the points for better readability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Link icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Link icon''', to add '''hyperlinks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Image and Multimedia &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Image''' or '''Multimedia icons''' to upload visuals or videos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Equation Editor &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Equation Editor icon''' to insert mathematical equations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Table &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Table menu''' to add and configure structured content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
| After making all the changes, click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| View the changes in the text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll down to My Courses → click on Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''', scroll down to '''My Courses''' and click on '''Advanced Algebra course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Polynomial and Rational Functions → 3 pages &lt;br /&gt;
| In an earlier assignment, '''3 pages''' were added below '''Polynomial and Rational Functions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Exponential and Logarithmic Functions→ click on Actions menu →Edit settings. &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Exponential and Logarithmic Functions''', click on '''Actions menu''' and '''Edit settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Expand all. Scroll down to Completion conditions→ point to None →Select Students must manually mark the activity as done &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to '''Completion conditions'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows '''None''' by default.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Set reminder in Timeline → check Enable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the date as 15 July and time as 10am → click Save and return to course &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Set reminder in Timeline''', check '''Enable'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the date and time, and click on '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the status  &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Exponential and Logarithmic Functions''', we can see a '''status''' button now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Switch role to → Student &lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s view the '''course''' as a '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Switch role to…''' and '''Student.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Student view  &lt;br /&gt;
| This is how the '''course''' appears to a '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Revert back &lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back to the '''teacher''' role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we have learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to format course topics and content &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the default HTML editor in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
* Add completion conditions for students   &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, add completion conditions to the 2 other resource pages of '''Polynomial and Rational Functions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(These 2 pages should already have been added by teacher Nitya in a previous assignment.) &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Format-course-material/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Format-course-material/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Format-course-material/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-23T02:09:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Created page with &amp;quot;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Format Course Material in Moodle  Author: Nancy Varkey  Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, ope...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Format Course Material in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, manage Moodle course sections, content formatting, multimedia integration, activity completion settings, organize course materials, Moodle HTML editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Format Course Material in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Use '''course editing controls''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the '''default HTML editor''' of '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Add completion conditions for '''students'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to format their '''course materials''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorial, please visit https://EduPyramids.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll and click on Calculus → point to Elementary Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now begin editing the '''course Elementary Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Turn editing on” &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on pencil icon next to &amp;quot;Elementary Calculus&amp;quot; to edit section name &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''pencil icon''' next to the topic name '''Elementary Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the new name '''Basic Calculus''' and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Use move icon to drag topic &amp;quot;Matrices above Sequences and Series&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''handle icon''' to rearrange the sequential order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices → Click Action menu → Duplicate → point to Matrices (copy)  &lt;br /&gt;
| To duplicate a topic, click '''Actions menu''', and '''Duplicate'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices (copy) → Click Action menu →  Delete &lt;br /&gt;
| To delete a topic, click '''Actions menu''', and '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm when prompted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices → Click Action menu → Hide For Matrices → Click Action menu → Show &lt;br /&gt;
| To hide a topic from students, click '''Actions menu''', and '''Hide'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We see a new '''status &amp;quot;Hidden from students&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revert this to '''Show.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s now explore the '''default HTML editor''' used in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices → Click Action menu → Edit Settings → Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Matrices,''' click '''Actions menu''' and '''Edit Settings.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Come to Description box &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Description''' box. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Use bold, italics, underline on the first line: ''''Following sub-topics will be covered in this topic:'''' &lt;br /&gt;
| On the text, you can apply formatting like '''Bold''', *Italics*, and Underline. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Demonstrate bullets and numbering as shown below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following sub-topics will be covered in this topic:&lt;br /&gt;
# Evolutes and involutes;  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evaluation of definite and improper integrals;  &lt;br /&gt;
# Beta and Gamma functions and their properties;  &lt;br /&gt;
# Applications of definite integrals to evaluate surface areas and volumes of revolutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inverse and rank of a matrix, rank-nullity theorem;  System of linear equations;  Symmetric, skew-symmetric and orthogonal matrices;  Determinants; Eigenvalues and eigenvectors;  Diagonalization of matrices;  Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, and Orthogonal transformation. &lt;br /&gt;
| Use '''Bullet''' or '''Numbered lists''' to organize the points for better readability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Link icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Link icon''', to add '''hyperlinks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Image and Multimedia &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Image''' or '''Multimedia icons''' to upload visuals or videos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Equation Editor &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Equation Editor icon''' to insert mathematical equations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Table &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Table menu''' to add and configure structured content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
| After making all the changes, click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| View the changes in the text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll down to My Courses → click on Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''', scroll down to '''My Courses''' and click on '''Advanced Algebra course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Polynomial and Rational Functions → 3 pages &lt;br /&gt;
| In an earlier assignment, '''3 pages''' were added below '''Polynomial and Rational Functions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Exponential and Logarithmic Functions→ click on Actions menu →Edit settings. &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Exponential and Logarithmic Functions''', click on '''Actions menu''' and '''Edit settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Expand all. Scroll down to Completion conditions→ point to None →Select Students must manually mark the activity as done &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to '''Completion conditions'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows '''None''' by default.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Set reminder in Timeline → check Enable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the date as 15 July and time as 10am → click Save and return to course &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Set reminder in Timeline''', check '''Enable'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the date and time, and click on '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the status  &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Exponential and Logarithmic Functions''', we can see a '''status''' button now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Switch role to → Student &lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s view the '''course''' as a '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Switch role to…''' and '''Student.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Student view  &lt;br /&gt;
| This is how the '''course''' appears to a '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Revert back &lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back to the '''teacher''' role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we have learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to format course topics and content &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the default HTML editor in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
* Add completion conditions for students   &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, add completion conditions to the 2 other resource pages of '''Polynomial and Rational Functions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(These 2 pages should already have been added by teacher Nitya in a previous assignment.) &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-23T01:22:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Teacher Dashboard navigation, manage courses, edit teacher profile, add course details, Moodle teacher interface&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title: Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the '''Teacher's Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit '''profile''' and '''preferences''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add preliminary details to a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who have been assigned to a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have:  &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Be logged in as a teacher assigned to a course. &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Refer to the diagram given in the link &lt;br /&gt;
'''[[File:Diagram of beginning of Teacher's dashboard.pdf]]'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display this diagram on the screen. That is the starting point of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
| If all the instructions of the previous tutorials were followed and all the assignments were done, we would be at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Point to each as per narration&lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Site Administrator''' should have already done the following: &lt;br /&gt;
* Created '''categories''' and '''sub-categories''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Created '''courses''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Created and uploaded '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigned '''roles''' to all the '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigned '''courses''' to all the '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Display this on-screen text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Username: nitya.jeevan  Password: Sample@123&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click → Change password &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display this password on screen while typing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type new password as &amp;quot;Learn@123&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Site Admin''' has enforced the option to change the '''password''' on the first '''login'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why we have landed on the '''Change password''' page.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow standard '''password''' rules and update the '''password''' securely.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Save Changes''' when done. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Dashboard menu &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with an overview of the '''Dashboard.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Navigation block &lt;br /&gt;
| On the right, open the drawer to see the '''Calendar''' and '''Online Users blocks.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click My Courses → click on the course Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, click '''My Courses'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It lists the '''courses''' assigned to '''Nitya'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we see the '''courses Advanced Algebra''' and '''Calculus.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: These 2 '''courses''' were assigned by the '''Site Administrator''' to '''Nitya'''`.` &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → Scroll down → Available courses → My courses &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home'''. Scroll down to view the '''Available courses.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here all the courses are displayed along with the '''teacher’s''' name. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''My courses section,''' we can see the '''courses''' assigned exclusively to '''teacher Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: User profile icon → click → Profile &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s edit '''Nitya’s profile'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''user icon''' at the top-right and select '''Profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Teacher Profile page &lt;br /&gt;
| This is '''Nitya’s Profile page'''. All the details are displayed here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Edit profile → in '''Description''' fill this info → add a profile pic Scroll down and click '''Update profile''' button &lt;br /&gt;
| To update personal information, click '''Edit profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s update '''teacher Nitya’s''' details in the '''Description box''', and add a profile picture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now click on '''Update profile''' to view her info. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: User icon → Preferences &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, we’ll explore '''Preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''user icon''' and '''Preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Preferences page &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Preferences''' page allows you to '''customize''' your '''settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight: Calendar preferences &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Calendar preferences''' to change  time format and your preferred start day of the week. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Set 24-hour time format and choose '''Sunday''' as the start day.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Courses block → Click Calculus course &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add some details to the '''Calculus course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''My courses''' and '''Calculus course'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: we have not yet added any content for the students in this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: General Course page → switch '''Edit Mode ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We are on the '''General course page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add details to this '''course''', at the top-right, switch '''Edit Mode ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New Section → click Actions menu → Edit Settings → Expand All. &lt;br /&gt;
| Then scroll to the first '''New Section'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Actions menu, Edit Settings''' and '''Expand All.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  Section name → type &amp;quot;Elementary Calculus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Section name''', type '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fill Course summary box &lt;br /&gt;
| Add a brief '''course summary''' and click '''Save Changes.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s a quick overview of the '''Teacher’s dashboard'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the Teacher’s Dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit profile and preferences&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add preliminary details to a course&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: &lt;br /&gt;
Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the name and summary for sections 2 to 4 in the Calculus course. &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the details provided in the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link.&lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment using the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching!  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-23T01:12:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: Nancyvarkey moved page Moodle/C2/Teacher’s-dashboard-in-Moodle/English to Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English without leaving a redirect&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Teacher Dashboard navigation, manage courses, edit teacher profile, add course details, Moodle teacher interface&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title: Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the '''Teacher's Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit '''profile''' and '''preferences''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add preliminary details to a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who have been assigned to a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have:  &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Be logged in as a teacher assigned to a course. &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Refer to the diagram given in the link.  That is the starting point of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display this diagram on the screen.[Diagram of beginning of Teacher's dashboard](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1FbBudjS1STbXtCcoqs-2chUzkONeYCkgsS0iWUj0tRI/edit?tab=t.0)  &lt;br /&gt;
| If all the instructions of the previous tutorials were followed and all the assignments were done, we would be at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Point to each as per narration&lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Site Administrator''' should have already done the following: &lt;br /&gt;
* Created '''categories''' and '''sub-categories''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Created '''courses''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Created and uploaded '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigned '''roles''' to all the '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigned '''courses''' to all the '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Display this on-screen text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Username: nitya.jeevan  Password: Sample@123&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click → Change password &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display this password on screen while typing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type new password as &amp;quot;Learn@123&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Site Admin''' has enforced the option to change the '''password''' on the first '''login'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why we have landed on the '''Change password''' page.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow standard '''password''' rules and update the '''password''' securely.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Save Changes''' when done. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Dashboard menu &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with an overview of the '''Dashboard.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Navigation block &lt;br /&gt;
| On the right, open the drawer to see the '''Calendar''' and '''Online Users blocks.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click My Courses → click on the course Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, click '''My Courses'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It lists the '''courses''' assigned to '''Nitya'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we see the '''courses Advanced Algebra''' and '''Calculus.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: These 2 '''courses''' were assigned by the '''Site Administrator''' to '''Nitya'''`.` &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → Scroll down → Available courses → My courses &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home'''. Scroll down to view the '''Available courses.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here all the courses are displayed along with the '''teacher’s''' name. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''My courses section,''' we can see the '''courses''' assigned exclusively to '''teacher Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: User profile icon → click → Profile &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s edit '''Nitya’s profile'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''user icon''' at the top-right and select '''Profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Teacher Profile page &lt;br /&gt;
| This is '''Nitya’s Profile page'''. All the details are displayed here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Edit profile → in '''Description''' fill this info → add a profile pic Scroll down and click '''Update profile''' button &lt;br /&gt;
| To update personal information, click '''Edit profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s update '''teacher Nitya’s''' details in the '''Description box''', and add a profile picture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now click on '''Update profile''' to view her info. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: User icon → Preferences &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, we’ll explore '''Preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''user icon''' and '''Preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Preferences page &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Preferences''' page allows you to '''customize''' your '''settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight: Calendar preferences &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Calendar preferences''' to change  time format and your preferred start day of the week. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Set 24-hour time format and choose '''Sunday''' as the start day.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Courses block → Click Calculus course &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add some details to the '''Calculus course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''My courses''' and '''Calculus course'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: we have not yet added any content for the students in this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: General Course page → switch '''Edit Mode ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We are on the '''General course page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add details to this '''course''', at the top-right, switch '''Edit Mode ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New Section → click Actions menu → Edit Settings → Expand All. &lt;br /&gt;
| Then scroll to the first '''New Section'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Actions menu, Edit Settings''' and '''Expand All.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  Section name → type &amp;quot;Elementary Calculus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Section name''', type '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fill Course summary box &lt;br /&gt;
| Add a brief '''course summary''' and click '''Save Changes.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s a quick overview of the '''Teacher’s dashboard'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the Teacher’s Dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit profile and preferences&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add preliminary details to a course&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: &lt;br /&gt;
Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and summary for sections 2 to 4 in the Calculus course. &lt;br /&gt;
Use the details provided in the Assignment.txt file provided in the Code Files link.&lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment using the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching\!  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-23T01:12:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Teacher Dashboard navigation, manage courses, edit teacher profile, add course details, Moodle teacher interface&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title: Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the '''Teacher's Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit '''profile''' and '''preferences''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add preliminary details to a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who have been assigned to a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have:  &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Be logged in as a teacher assigned to a course. &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Refer to the diagram given in the link.  That is the starting point of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display this diagram on the screen.[Diagram of beginning of Teacher's dashboard](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1FbBudjS1STbXtCcoqs-2chUzkONeYCkgsS0iWUj0tRI/edit?tab=t.0)  &lt;br /&gt;
| If all the instructions of the previous tutorials were followed and all the assignments were done, we would be at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Point to each as per narration&lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Site Administrator''' should have already done the following: &lt;br /&gt;
* Created '''categories''' and '''sub-categories''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Created '''courses''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Created and uploaded '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigned '''roles''' to all the '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigned '''courses''' to all the '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Display this on-screen text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Username: nitya.jeevan  Password: Sample@123&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click → Change password &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display this password on screen while typing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type new password as &amp;quot;Learn@123&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Site Admin''' has enforced the option to change the '''password''' on the first '''login'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why we have landed on the '''Change password''' page.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow standard '''password''' rules and update the '''password''' securely.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Save Changes''' when done. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Dashboard menu &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with an overview of the '''Dashboard.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Navigation block &lt;br /&gt;
| On the right, open the drawer to see the '''Calendar''' and '''Online Users blocks.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click My Courses → click on the course Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, click '''My Courses'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It lists the '''courses''' assigned to '''Nitya'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we see the '''courses Advanced Algebra''' and '''Calculus.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: These 2 '''courses''' were assigned by the '''Site Administrator''' to '''Nitya'''`.` &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → Scroll down → Available courses → My courses &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home'''. Scroll down to view the '''Available courses.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here all the courses are displayed along with the '''teacher’s''' name. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''My courses section,''' we can see the '''courses''' assigned exclusively to '''teacher Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: User profile icon → click → Profile &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s edit '''Nitya’s profile'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''user icon''' at the top-right and select '''Profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Teacher Profile page &lt;br /&gt;
| This is '''Nitya’s Profile page'''. All the details are displayed here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Edit profile → in '''Description''' fill this info → add a profile pic Scroll down and click '''Update profile''' button &lt;br /&gt;
| To update personal information, click '''Edit profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s update '''teacher Nitya’s''' details in the '''Description box''', and add a profile picture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now click on '''Update profile''' to view her info. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: User icon → Preferences &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, we’ll explore '''Preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''user icon''' and '''Preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Preferences page &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Preferences''' page allows you to '''customize''' your '''settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight: Calendar preferences &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Calendar preferences''' to change  time format and your preferred start day of the week. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Set 24-hour time format and choose '''Sunday''' as the start day.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Courses block → Click Calculus course &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add some details to the '''Calculus course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''My courses''' and '''Calculus course'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: we have not yet added any content for the students in this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: General Course page → switch '''Edit Mode ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We are on the '''General course page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add details to this '''course''', at the top-right, switch '''Edit Mode ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New Section → click Actions menu → Edit Settings → Expand All. &lt;br /&gt;
| Then scroll to the first '''New Section'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Actions menu, Edit Settings''' and '''Expand All.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  Section name → type &amp;quot;Elementary Calculus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Section name''', type '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fill Course summary box &lt;br /&gt;
| Add a brief '''course summary''' and click '''Save Changes.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s a quick overview of the '''Teacher’s dashboard'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the Teacher’s Dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit profile and preferences&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add preliminary details to a course&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: &lt;br /&gt;
Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and summary for sections 2 to 4 in the Calculus course. &lt;br /&gt;
Use the details provided in the Assignment.txt file provided in the Code Files link.&lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment using the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching\!  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-23T01:05:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Course Settings in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, configure Moodle course, course settings, organize course structure, manage course visibility, Moodle course appearance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Course Settings in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How the '''teacher''' can '''configure Course Settings''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add content for '''students'''  &lt;br /&gt;
* How to view the '''course''' as a '''student''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to '''configure''' their assigned '''courses''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as teacher&lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Dashboard (Teacher view) &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s begin by '''configuring''' the '''course settings''' for the '''course Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Home → Calculus → point to '''Edit Mode''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Home'''.  Click on '''Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure '''Edit Mode''' is '''ON.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Settings → Click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''course menu''', click on '''Settings''' and then on '''Expand All'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Full name and Short name &lt;br /&gt;
| Below '''General''', you can edit the '''Full name''' and '''Short name''' of the '''course''' if you want to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Course visibility → Select Show &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Course visibility''' dropdown to '''Show''' or '''Hide''' the course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Course start date '''15 June''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Set the '''Start date''' as '''15 June''' using the '''calendar''' picker. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Description → Course Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type below the existing text: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The objective of this course is to familiarize the prospective engineers with techniques in calculus, multivariate analysis and linear algebra. It aims to equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced level that will serve them well towards tackling more advanced level of mathematics and applications that they would find useful in their disciplines.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students will learn:      &lt;br /&gt;
1. To apply differential and integral calculus to notions of curvature and to improper integrals. Apart from some other applications they will have a basic understanding of Beta and Gamma functions.      &lt;br /&gt;
2. The fallouts of Rolle's Theorem that is fundamental to application of analysis to Engineering problems.      &lt;br /&gt;
3. The tool of power series and Fourier series for learning advanced Engineering Mathematics.      &lt;br /&gt;
4. To deal with functions of several variables that are essential in most branches of engineering.     &lt;br /&gt;
5. The essential tool of matrices and linear algebra in a comprehensive manner.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Summary''' box, let’s add some more introduction text about this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pause the video and type the following text or any text of your own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and point to Course Format settings section &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s look at '''Course format settings.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Field: Format dropdown → Weekly &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose between '''Weekly''', '''Single Activity''' or '''Social''' format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Field: Course layout → All sections on one page &lt;br /&gt;
| Decide if you want all topics on one page or one per page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Appearance &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Appearance''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields: Show gradebook, Show activity reports &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose to '''Hide''' or '''Show the Gradebook''' and '''Activity reports''' to students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Files and uploads → Maximum upload size &lt;br /&gt;
| Set the '''Maximum upload size''' for student submissions to a reasonable size.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''20Mb''' is good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and Return &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll to Calculus  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''' and scroll to '''Calculus course''' to view what we have added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to Course Page of Calculus course → Click “Add an activity or resource” &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add some '''course materials''' to the '''Calculus course'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below '''Elementary Calculus''', click '''Add an activity or resource'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose “Page” → click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| Select '''Page''' from the list and click '''Expand All'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Name''' field, type a suitable page title as shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description: Limits, Derivatives, and Integrals &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Description''' box, type a brief description. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Page Content: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The basic calculus course covers fundamental topics such as limits and continuity, the definition and applications of derivatives, and the fundamentals of integration, including the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. It emphasizes techniques for analyzing the behavior of functions, optimization problems, and the calculation of areas under curves, providing essential mathematical tools for advanced analysis.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Provide some more details about the '''course''' in the '''Page Content''' box.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and display &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Elementary Calculus in the breadcrumbs → point to Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''breadcrumbs''', click '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice a new page here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what you added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add an activity or resource → File. &lt;br /&gt;
| To upload a file, click '''Add an activity or resource''' and '''File'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Reading material for Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Mandatory Reading Adding Materials → Upload a Word file → choose this file after downloading it on your machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Course settings - File upload.pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Type a suitable name and brief description as shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then choose the file from your machine that you want to upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click '''Save and display'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Elementary Calculus in the breadcrumbs → point to Reading material for Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''breadcrumbs''', click '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice a new file here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what you added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs → scroll → check Elementary Calculus  &lt;br /&gt;
| Now click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and check '''Elementary Calculus course''' to view all the additions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Announcements → Add Discussion Topic → &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subject: All Students Message: “Please check the announcements regularly” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
→ Click Post to Forum&lt;br /&gt;
| To post an announcement, click '''Announcements.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add Discussion Topic.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type '''Subject''' line and '''Message.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click '''Post to Forum.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Top-right menu → Switch role to....&lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s preview the '''course''' as a '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose student &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''user icon''', click '''Switch role to...''' and select '''student.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Announcement appears in student view → click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| You can now view how '''students''' view the '''announcements.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And here is the '''course''' content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back  &lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back by clicking on '''Return to my normal role.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| This is how we do the '''basic configurations''' of a '''course''' as a '''teacher'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How the teacher can configure settings of a course &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add content &lt;br /&gt;
* How to post an announcement &lt;br /&gt;
* How to view the course as a student &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment,  &lt;br /&gt;
* Configure the course named Advanced Algebra using all the settings we explored (This course should already be assigned to teacher Nitya by the Site Administrator) &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the details provided in the Assignment.txt file provided in the Code Files link &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment using the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids, SINE, IIT Bombay'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Assigning-User-Roles-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Assigning-User-Roles-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Assigning-User-Roles-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-22T18:11:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Assigning User Roles in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, user management, user roles, course enrollment, site-level roles, user filtering, course management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title- Moodle 4.5 - Assigning User Roles in Moodle  &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Assigning User Roles in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to '''assign''' different '''roles''' to '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign a '''teacher''' to a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to '''enrol''' a '''student''' in a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Site administrators''' who manage '''users''' and their '''roles'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have:  &lt;br /&gt;
*  Moodle 4.5 installed and &lt;br /&gt;
*  Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Users &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Browse list of users. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Site administration''', '''Users''',  '''Browse list of users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Filters &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Reset all. &lt;br /&gt;
| To remove any filters set earlier, click on '''Filters''' and '''Reset all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Confirm upload results &lt;br /&gt;
| We can see a list of all '''users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can verify that '''Nitya, Joy''' and '''Mahima''' are added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the previous assignment, you would have also added '''Amina'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Home and Participants  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Enrolled Users list &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Home''' and '''Participants'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A list of all '''Enrolled Users''' on this '''Moodle website''' is displayed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not yet '''enrolled''' in any '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Roles column, move cursor up and down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to pencil icon &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click that icon for Joy David &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''role''' column says “'''No roles'''” and there is a '''pencil icon''' next to it.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click that '''icon''' for '''Joy David'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dropdown popup appears &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Teacher &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on the Save icon above. &lt;br /&gt;
| A dropdown pop-up appears with 4 '''roles'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Teacher'''.  Then click on the '''Save icon''' above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Repeat the same actions for Nitya, Mahima and Amina &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise assign '''roles''' to '''Nitya''' as '''teacher''', and '''Mahima''' and '''Amina''' as '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| After '''teacher''' and '''student roles''' are '''assigned''', we can '''enroll''' them into specific '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Home &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Scroll down. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Home'''.  Scroll down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Calculus course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Participants &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Enroll users. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Calculus course''' and then on '''Participants'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down and click on '''Enroll users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| In the pop-up &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on Select Users &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Nitya.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Assign Role &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Teacher &lt;br /&gt;
| In the pop-up, click on '''Select Users''' dropdown and select '''Nitya'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''Assign Role,''' select '''Teacher''' and '''enroll'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Follow same steps for Amina &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise, add '''Amina''' as a '''Student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: A to Z filters for First name and Last name &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice the '''A to Z filters''' for '''First name''' and '''Last name'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are useful to narrow down the '''search''' when the '''user list''' is very long. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on N in First name and J in Last name &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to Nitya Jeevan &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''N''' in '''First name''' and '''J''' in '''Last name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search results now only display '''Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on All in First name and All in Last name  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''All''' in '''First name''' and '''All''' in '''Last name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, this is how you assign '''roles''' to '''users''' on a '''Moodle website''' and add them to a specific '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign roles like Teacher or Student &lt;br /&gt;
* Manage user roles within a course &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Change Joy David’s role from Teacher to Student. &lt;br /&gt;
* Review the user list to confirm. &lt;br /&gt;
* Change her role back to Teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out these assignments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment 2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the Linear Algebra and Multivariable Calculus courses &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Joy David as teacher  &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Mahima Singh and Amina Hasan as students  &lt;br /&gt;
|        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the Advanced Algebra course &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Nitya Jeevan as teacher  &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Mahima Singh and Amina Hasan as students  &lt;br /&gt;
|        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Blocks-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Blocks-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Blocks-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-02-22T18:07:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nancyvarkey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Blocks in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, moodle blocks, block management, dashboard customization, site-level blocks, block configuration, block drawer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide Title: Moodle 4.5 – Blocks in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Blocks in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''block''' is in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Common '''blocks''' on the '''Site admin dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add or delete '''blocks''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to manage '''blocks''' on the '''Front page''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
|| This tutorial is for '''Site administrators''' who want to organise their '''site''' using '''blocks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
|| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Moodle 4.5''' installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Admin access''' to your '''Moodle site'''  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
|| We will '''log in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on Home &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us start with understanding what a '''block''' is. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Display (https://edwiser.org/blog/5-best-free-moodle-themes/)&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point as per narration &lt;br /&gt;
|| A '''block''' is a small '''UI''' element for quick access to a certain activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like '''Course completion status, Latest announcements, Upcoming events'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to blocks on the right sidebar – Latest announcements, upcoming events, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Blocks''' appear on the right side or centre of your '''Moodle dashboard''' or '''Course page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They help improve '''navigation''' and display useful content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Come back to Moodle Home Page (Logged in as '''Admin''') &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
||  This is the '''Site Administrator’s''' personal '''dashboard.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Turn editing ON (Top right gear icon &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Turn editing on &lt;br /&gt;
|| To add '''blocks''', at the top right click the '''Edit Mode slider button.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''editing''' is now turned '''on'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Scroll to the top of the page &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Point to “Add a block” &lt;br /&gt;
|| At the top of the page, click on '''Add a block'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On doing so, the '''block''' will be added in the centre of the page, by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Open Moodle’s block drawer (grey arrow) at the top right corner &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on “Add a block.” &lt;br /&gt;
|| You can also open '''Moodle’s block drawer''' at the right corner.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click on '''Add a block'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On doing so, the '''block''' will be added on the right of the page, by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add a block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click the Logged in user option &lt;br /&gt;
|| A list of available '''blocks''' is displayed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s add the '''Logged in user block''' by selecting it from the dropdown list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| New block appears on the side &lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''block''' now appears on the right.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click Add a block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click the Online users option &lt;br /&gt;
|| Repeat the steps once again and select '''Online users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Logged in user block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on the Actions menu &lt;br /&gt;
|| For the '''Logged in user block,''' click on the '''Actions menu,''' which is the 3 dots icon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Configure Logged in user block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click on Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on '''Configure Logged in user block.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Expand all'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Various options are available to customize this '''block'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Choose No for Display city and Display email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click Save changes&lt;br /&gt;
|| We’ll choose '''No''' for '''Display city''' and '''Display email'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Save changes'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Actions menu &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Hide  &lt;br /&gt;
|| To hide the '''block''', click on the '''Actions menu''' and choose '''Hide'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the colour of the block is now greyed out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to Delete  &lt;br /&gt;
|| To completely remove a '''block''', choose '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the confirmation box, click on '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show Front page settings: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Front page &lt;br /&gt;
|| To manage '''blocks''' on the '''Front page''', go to '''Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Default Dashboard page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point as per narration&lt;br /&gt;
||The '''Default Dashboard Page''' is a configuration setting at the '''site level'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It determines what the first view of the '''Dashboard''' will be for all '''users'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what they will see when they first '''access''' their '''Dashboard'''. Here, you can choose which '''blocks''' appear where. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Edit Mode ON &lt;br /&gt;
|| Ensure that '''Edit Mode''' is '''ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the centre Add a block button &lt;br /&gt;
|| First add '''Calendar block''' and '''Online users block.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the Actions menu of the Calendar block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Select Default region &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Right &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Save changes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Calendar block &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Actions menu''' of the '''Calendar block''' and select '''Configure Calendar block.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Default region''' and '''Region''' fields as '''Right''' and click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the '''Calendar block''' is now seen on the right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Use arrow handle of the Online Users block &amp;gt;&amp;gt; move to the top &lt;br /&gt;
|| Use the arrow handle of the '''Online Users block''' and move it to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|| So, that’s a quick overview of '''blocks''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;Can display on the screen for 5 secs.  No need of audio&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* About blocks and their uses &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add, configure, hide or delete blocks &lt;br /&gt;
* How to manage blocks on the default Dashboard page &lt;br /&gt;
|| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;Can display on the screen for 5 secs.  No need of audio&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a Text block to the Default Dashboard page &lt;br /&gt;
* Configure the Text block with a short welcome message &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the arrow handle and move it above the Timeline block &lt;br /&gt;
* Move the Online Users block to the right &lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nancyvarkey</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>